# AGENTS
Source: https://help.opus.pro/AGENTS



# Agent instructions (Claude, Cursor, Codex)

This repo is an **Opus help center** built with [Mintlify](https://mintlify.com). Content is MDX and Markdown; the app is driven by `mint.json` and served by the Mintlify CLI.

## Project layout

* **`mint.json`** — Site config: name, tabs, nav, theme, analytics.
* **Content** — MDX/MD under `agent-opus/`, `api-reference/`, etc. Navigation is defined in `mint.json`.
* **`.cursor/rules/`** — Cursor/IDE rules; follow them when editing matching files.

## Rules to follow

1. **Style prop in JSX/MDX**\
   Never use a string for the `style` prop. Use a JSX object with camelCase CSS keys (e.g. `style={{ border: 'none', textAlign: 'center' }}`). See `.cursor/rules/no-style-strings.mdc`.

2. **Docs practices**\
   If `docs/practices/` exists, follow the guidance there.

3. **Quality**\
   Prefer clear, precise edits and maintain high craftsmanship.

## Development

* **Preview:** `npm run dev` or `make dev` (Mintlify dev server).
* **Config:** Edit `mint.json` for nav, tabs, and theme; add or move MDX files and wire them in `mint.json` as needed.


# Development
Source: https://help.opus.pro/_development

Learn how to preview changes locally

<Info>
  **Prerequisite** You should have installed Node.js (version 18.10.0 or
  higher).
</Info>

Step 1. Install Mintlify on your OS:

<CodeGroup>
  ```bash npm theme={"dark"}
  npm i -g mintlify
  ```

  ```bash yarn theme={"dark"}
  yarn global add mintlify
  ```
</CodeGroup>

Step 2. Go to the docs are located (where you can find `mint.json`) and run the following command:

```bash theme={"dark"}
mintlify dev
```

The documentation website is now available at `http://localhost:3000`.

### Custom Ports

Mintlify uses port 3000 by default. You can use the `--port` flag to customize the port Mintlify runs on. For example, use this command to run in port 3333:

```bash theme={"dark"}
mintlify dev --port 3333
```

You will see an error like this if you try to run Mintlify in a port that's already taken:

```md theme={"dark"}
Error: listen EADDRINUSE: address already in use :::3000
```

## Mintlify Versions

Each CLI is linked to a specific version of Mintlify. Please update the CLI if your local website looks different than production.

<CodeGroup>
  ```bash npm theme={"dark"}
  npm i -g mintlify@latest
  ```

  ```bash yarn theme={"dark"}
  yarn global upgrade mintlify
  ```
</CodeGroup>

## Deployment

<Tip>
  Unlimited editors available under the [Startup
  Plan](https://mintlify.com/pricing)
</Tip>

You should see the following if the deploy successfully went through:

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Troubleshooting

Here's how to solve some common problems when working with the CLI.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Mintlify is not loading">
    Update to Node v18. Run `mintlify install` and try again.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="No such file or directory on Windows">
    Go to the `C:/Users/Username/.mintlify/` directory and remove the `mint`
    folder. Then Open the Git Bash in this location and run `git clone
        https://github.com/mintlify/mint.git`.

    Repeat step 3.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Getting an unknown error">
    Try navigating to the root of your device and delete the \~/.mintlify folder.
    Then run `mintlify dev` again.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

Curious about what changed in a CLI version? [Check out the CLI changelog.](/changelog/command-line)


# Quickstart
Source: https://help.opus.pro/_quickstart

Start building awesome documentation in under 5 minutes

## Setup your development

Learn how to update your docs locally and and deploy them to the public.

### Edit and preview

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion icon="github" title="Clone your docs locally">
    During the onboarding process, we created a repository on your Github with
    your docs content. You can find this repository on our
    [dashboard](https://dashboard.mintlify.com). To clone the repository
    locally, follow these
    [instructions](https://docs.github.com/en/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/cloning-a-repository)
    in your terminal.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion icon="rectangle-terminal" title="Preview changes">
    Previewing helps you make sure your changes look as intended. We built a
    command line interface to render these changes locally. 1. Install the
    [Mintlify CLI](https://www.npmjs.com/package/mintlify) to preview the
    documentation changes locally with this command: `npm i -g mintlify`
    2\. Run the following command at the root of your documentation (where
    `mint.json` is): `mintlify dev`
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

### Deploy your changes

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion icon="message-bot" title="Install our Github app">
    Our Github app automatically deploys your changes to your docs site, so you
    don't need to manage deployments yourself. You can find the link to install on
    your [dashboard](https://dashboard.mintlify.com). Once the bot has been
    successfully installed, there should be a check mark next to the commit hash
    of the repo.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion icon="rocket" title="Push your changes">
    [Commit and push your changes to
    Git](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/using-git/pushing-commits-to-a-remote-repository#about-git-push)
    for your changes to update in your docs site. If you push and don't see that
    the Github app successfully deployed your changes, you can also manually
    update your docs through our [dashboard](https://dashboard.mintlify.com).
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Update your docs

Add content directly in your files with MDX syntax and React components. You can use any of our components, or even build your own.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Style Your Docs" icon="paintbrush" href="/settings/global">
    Add flair to your docs with personalized branding.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Add API Endpoints" icon="square-code" href="/api-playground/configuration">
    Implement your OpenAPI spec and enable API user interaction.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Integrate Analytics" icon="chart-mixed" href="/analytics/supported-integrations">
    Draw insights from user interactions with your documentation.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Host on a Custom Domain" icon="browser" href="/settings/custom-domain/subdomain">
    Keep your docs on your own website's subdomain.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Agent Opus FAQ
Source: https://help.opus.pro/agent-opus/article/ao-faq



# 1. What is Agent Opus?

Agent Opus is an AI video agent that turns ideas in **any format**—scripts, blogs, articles, podcasts, news headlines, images, and more—into polished, fully produced videos.

Whether you are a creator, educator, or brand, Agent Opus helps you **produce more content, faster**, and grow your audience with high-quality, engaging videos.

# 2. What can I make with Agent Opus?

<img />

A new way to create your personal style that stays consistent across every shot. You can: Upload your custom style, Bring your own audio or script, Create all formats of polished mid-form videos. Whether it's explainers, faceless videos, hip videos, or marketing videos, Agent Opus helps you tell a better story and it is built to solve the three biggest problems in AI video: the style consistency problem, where visuals feel disjointed, the static problem where videos lack real motion, and the transition problem, where scenes "cut" or jump instead of flowing shot to shot. It uses a "Long Take" technique, creating a seamless, immersive experience where scenes morph and flow into one another without jarring cuts. This makes it perfect for a wide range of use cases:

* **Narrative Storytelling:** Bring your stories to life with a consistent visual style that matches your narrative tone. Ideal for brand stories, historical explainers, or fictional narratives.

* **Educational Content:** Create engaging and easy-to-follow educational videos. The fluid transitions help to keep viewers focused and engaged on the content.

* **Marketing and Advertising:** Produce eye-catching marketing videos that stand out. The unique visual styles can help to build a strong brand identity.

* **Social Media Content:** Quickly generate content of different formats for platforms like TikTok, Instagram Reels, and YouTube Shorts — or long-form content for YouTube and LinkedIn.

# 3. How do I get started with Agent Opus?

## 1. Open Agent Opus

Create an account and log in at agent.opus.pro using a one-time password.

## 2. Submit Your Request

<img />

* **Submit a script** (e.g., "Turn this script into a video: \[your script]")

* **Describe a topic** (e.g., "Create a video about \[a video idea]")

* **Upload audio or video** (e.g., "Make an MV for this \[Uploaded music]" — videos work too; we'll extract the audio track for you)

<Tip>
  **Note:** Transcripts cannot exceed **1700 words** or approximately **10 minutes** of audio. For the best results, provide a well-structured transcript that tells a clear story. Agent Opus is optimized for narrative content. If you've uploaded an audio or a video file (we'll pull the audio of the video for you), Agent Opus can process it, and you can continue prompting after the upload. The audio used must not be instrumental.
</Tip>

## 3. Pick Your Style and Send It to Agent Opus

<img />

Choose a visual style from the preset gallery by clicking on the style option. You can also create your own custom style if none of the presets match your vision. Once you are happy with your selection, hit submit. If your prompt needs more detail, Agent Opus opens a short planning conversation to shape the project before any visuals are generated. If you provide a complete script or a fully detailed prompt, Agent Opus skips the questions and moves straight to drafting the brief, transcript, and storyboard.

## 4. Refine with Agent Opus

Agent Opus walks you through up to four quick checkpoints before the final video renders. If you provide a complete script or a fully detailed prompt, Agent Opus skips clarification, drafts the brief, transcript, and storyboard for you, and proceeds to render automatically if you walk away.

**a. Clarification questions.** If the prompt is not clear enough, Agent Opus asks targeted multiple-choice questions to pin down the details that most affect the final output, such as:

* **Video length** (e.g., 30 / 60 / 90 seconds, longer durations up to 10 minutes, or "Something else…" for a custom length).

* **Direction or angle** for your topic (e.g., for a "why bees matter" prompt: Pollination keeps food growing, Bees support whole ecosystems, or Why bees need protection now).

You can tap a suggested chip or type a free-form answer in "Something else…". **Clarification questions are required — Agent Opus will wait until you answer before moving on.** If your prompt isn't a video request Agent Opus can fulfill, it will tell you it's not supported instead of guessing.

**b. Video Brief review.** Once your intent is clear, Agent Opus generates a structured **Video Brief** card you can read and expand with "View more". It typically includes:

* **Duration** and **video type** (e.g., 33s, Explainer Video)

* **One-line topic summary** (e.g., "The vital role of bees in pollination and global food production.")

* **Audience**, **Tone**, and **Pacing** (e.g., "active (3-6s per shot)")

* A **Must Not Violate** list of content guardrails (factual accuracy, no copyrighted material, no profanity, etc.)

<img />

**c. Transcript review.** Agent Opus then drafts the **voiceover transcript** in a dedicated card. You can:

* Read the full script with a live word count (e.g., 75 / 1700 words) and an estimated runtime.

* **Edit the script directly** in the textbox.

* **Ask Agent Opus to rewrite it** via the chat below — try things like "make the hook punchier", "shorten the ending", or "rewrite in a more serious tone".

If you walk away, Agent Opus waits **5 minutes**, then auto-confirms the brief and transcript and proceeds with its best judgment.

<img />

**d. Storyboard review.** When the transcript is confirmed (either when you press **Create video** or after the 5-minute auto-confirm fires), Agent Opus drafts a **shot-by-shot storyboard** along with any **anchor assets** (characters, products, locations) it needs. You'll see:

* A **"Storyboard · N shots"** card with every shot listed in order. Each shot shows its **timecode**, a **visual description**, the matching **Voiceover line** from your transcript, and any **anchor assets** bound to that shot (e.g., The Honey Bee, The Blooming Flower).

* An **Assets** panel below the storyboard listing the anchor assets Agent Opus generated for you, plus a **"+"** button to upload your own directly from this checkpoint.

* A **Generate now** button to skip the wait and start video generation immediately.

You can refine the storyboard via the chat at the bottom — click a shot to "mention" it, then describe the change (e.g., "tighten Shot 3 to 3 seconds", "swap the actor in Shot 5"). When everything looks right, press **Generate now**, or just walk away — Agent Opus will confirm automatically after **5 minutes** if no activities detected.

<img />

## 5. Sample Cases

<img />

<img />

Want to get inspiration? Scroll down to browse sample projects in various styles:

* See a project you like? Click it to see the prompt that was used or even recreate it using the remix button.

* Each example shows a different visual style with the style name labeled at the bottom, so you can quickly find a look that matches your vision.

# 4. What types of input does Agent Opus accept?

It is flexible about how you start your project. You can come in with a fully written script, a rough idea, or even just an audio recording. Here is a breakdown of inputs that it accepts and how to use each one:

| **Input**                                                                                                                  | **Acceptance** |
| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------- |
| **Directly prompting**                                                                                                     | ✓              |
| **Transcript (used as the video script)**                                                                                  | ✓              |
| **Publicly available links**                                                                                               | ✗              |
| **Documents (Docs, PDF, etc.)**                                                                                            | ✗              |
| **Non-instrumental audio or video files used as voiceover (Music or voiceover; only the audio track is used from videos)** | ✓              |

### Example inputs

The possibilities here are limitless. You could paste a blog post you wrote and turn it into a narrated video. You could record yourself talking through an idea on your phone, upload the audio (or the video — we'll extract the audio for you), and let Agent Opus handle the rest. You could describe a concept you have been thinking about and see it come to life in a visual style you love. The point is that Agent Opus meets you wherever you are in your creative process.

| **Input Type**           | **Supported Formats**                                                                                                                                        | **How to Use It**                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
| ------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| **Transcript or Script** | Text (paste directly into the input box)                                                                                                                     | Paste your full script, and Agent Opus will generate a video that follows your narrative bit by bit. The more structured your transcript, the better the output.                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
| **Audio or Video File**  | • Audio: MP3, M4A, WAV, AAC, FLAC, OGG, WEBA<br /><br />• Video (audio track only): MP4, MOV, WEBM, MKV, AVI, M4V, MPG, MPEG<br /><br />• Max length: 10 min | Upload an audio file or a video file. We'll use the audio track as the script for your video — when you upload a video, a popup confirms that only the audio is used (the visuals are not). Great for podcasts, voice memos, longer audio recordings up to 10 minutes, or videos you've already recorded.                                                                                  |
| **Prompt or Topic**      | Text (paste directly into the input box)                                                                                                                     | Describe what you want your video to be about in a few sentences. For example, "Create a video explaining how black holes form" or "Make a video about the rise of electric vehicles." Agent Opus will then walk you through clarification, brief, transcript, and storyboard checkpoints (see Section 3) and produce the video. The prompt can be simpler and more direct for Agent Opus. |

# 5. How can I customize my video? (before project submission)

## 🎨 Visual Styles

Agent Opus offers a curated gallery of **12+ preset visual styles**, each one carefully designed to maintain hyper consistency throughout your entire video. Every frame in your video will share the same visual DNA, so there are no jarring shifts between scenes. Available styles include:

## 🖌️ Style Maker

If none of the presets match your vision, build your own with the **Style Maker** (look for the 👑 badge). Click **"Add style"** at the start of the style gallery to open it, then provide your references in any combination — here is everything it accepts:

| **Reference**                | **Accepted formats**                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    | **Limit**                 |
| ---------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------- |
| **Images**                   | PNG, JPG, WebP                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | Up to 8 images            |
| **Video (upload)**           | MP4, MOV, WebM                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | 1 video, up to 10 minutes |
| **Video (link)**             | YouTube, TikTok, Instagram, Facebook, X (Twitter), LinkedIn, Vimeo, Twitch, Kick, Rumble, Loom, Riverside, Zoom, StreamYard, Frame.io, Dropbox, Apple Podcasts, TED, ABC News, Fox News, Talkshop.live, CommentSold, Videezy, MedalTV, Zapier — or a direct link to a public video file | 1 video, up to 10 minutes |
| **Style description (text)** | Free text                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               | Optional                  |

On the **"Create your style"** page you can keep adding photos or video links, and edit the **Describe style** box, before you continue.

<img />

<img />

Once your references are ready, press **Generate**. The Style Maker analyses them and shows you a short **style description**, the main **color palette**, and **three scene-sample previews** — so you can see how the style looks on real keyframes before committing to a full video.

<img />

**Refine until it's right.** If the previews aren't quite there, iterate in seconds:

* **Chat** to adjust the look (e.g., "less moody", "warmer palette", "more cinematic").

* **Edit the color palette** — change any hex code or add your own colors.

After saving the palette or prompting the chat, it will render fresh previews. Repeat until you love it, then click **Save style** to add it to your library and reuse it on future projects.

<img />

**History.** Every iteration is saved. Open **History** to compare earlier versions and restore the one you like best.

<img />

**Edit or delete anytime.** Click the **pencil** on a saved style to reopen the Style Maker and keep tweaking, or the cross to delete it.

<img />

## 📱 Aspect Ratio

Agent Opus supports multiple aspect ratios so you can create content optimized for different platforms. To change the aspect ratio, click the aspect ratio button in the input toolbar before submitting your project.

* **9:16** (Vertical) This is the default setting and is ideal for TikTok, Instagram Reels, and YouTube Shorts

* **16:9** (Horizontal) Best for YouTube videos and landscape content

* **1:1** (Square) Works well for Instagram feed posts and LinkedIn

## 🎙️ Voiceover

Agent Opus gives you full control over how your video sounds. You can choose from the existing Agent Opus voice library, which includes a range of built-in AI voices with different tones, accents, and styles. To select a voice, click the **"Audio"** button in the input toolbar. From there, you can:

* **Use a built-in voice:** Browse and preview the built-in AI voices to find one that matches the mood of your content

* **Clone a voice:** Upload or record up to a 30-second sample of your voice or the voice you want and Agent Opus will clone it to narrate the entire video. Voice cloning is a powerful way to make your content feel personal and authentic. Whether you are building a personal brand or creating content for a specific audience, having your choice of voice on the video makes a big difference.

<Note>
  Voice Clone supported language list is:
  Afrikaans, Arabic, Bulgarian, Catalan, Chinese (Mandarin), Chinese (Cantonese), Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Filipino, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Hindi, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Malay, Norwegian, Persian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Tamil, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian, Vietnamese.
</Note>

* **Bring your own voiceover:** Upload an existing recording — audio (MP3, M4A, WAV, AAC, FLAC, OGG, WEBA) or a video file (MP4, MOV, WEBM, MKV, AVI, M4V, MPG, MPEG; we'll extract the audio track for you) — up to 10 minutes. When you select a video, a popup confirms that only the audio is used. Perfect when you've already recorded your voiceover yourself, or want to reuse a podcast, voice memo, or short video.

## 📎 Bring your own assets

You can now upload your own photos to be featured directly in your AI-generated video. These are the real-world people, products, and branding you want your story to revolve around. You can upload up to **eight** photos in total, spread across three categories in any combination:

<img />

# 6. What kind of assets can you upload?

| **Category** | **What to Upload**                                                                    | **Example**                                                                                                                                                                                             |
| ------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Object**   | A photo of your physical product, a specific item, or any object you want to showcase | A photo of your new headphones, a coffee mug, a gadget, a skincare bottle, a real estate property, a menu item from your restaurant, a book cover, a car, a piece of furniture, a mobile app screenshot |
| **Actor**    | A photo of a person, mascot, or actor you want to appear in the video                 | Your brand ambassador, a team member, a company founder, a fitness trainer, a historical figure, a pet, a stuffed animal, a mascot                                                                      |
| **Logo**     | Your brand logo or icon for consistent branding throughout the video                  | Your company wordmark, app icon, a campaign badge, a YouTube channel logo, a storefront sign, an event logo                                                                                             |

<Tip>
  Note: You can mix and match freely. For example, you could upload five Object photos, two Actor photos, and one Logo, or any other combination that totals eight or fewer.
</Tip>

## Where can I place these elements in my video?

Because Agent Opus generates the entire scene from your prompt, your uploaded photos can appear anywhere in the narrative. The AI will integrate them into the visual world of your chosen style while keeping them recognizable.

For example, you could have your Actor sitting at a desk holding your Object, with your Logo displayed on a screen behind them. Whether you are using the Watercolor style or 2D Line, the photos will feel like a natural part of the scene rather than something pasted on top.

## How do I reference my elements in the prompt?

When you upload a photo, it automatically appears as a tag inside your input box. These tags look like small labeled chips, for example, \[Object image 1], \[Object image 2], or \[Actor image 1]. You do not type these yourself. They are placed into the box for you when you upload each photo. You can also insert these tags anywhere in your prompt by typing @ to select the image, or simply drag and drop the tags around the input box.

To use them, just write your prompt around these tags. **Mention them naturally in your sentence to tell Agent Opus what role each photo should play.** Agent Opus reads your prompt and matches each tagged image to the part of the story you described.

<img />

## How can I make a marketing or ad video using the assets?

Custom Elements are especially powerful for marketing and advertising workflows. Here is a step-by-step example of how you could build a product commercial entirely within Agent Opus.

**Scenario:** You are launching a new AI meeting recorder and want a short social media ad.

1. **Upload your photos:** Upload a few clear photos of the device at **different angles** (this becomes \[Object image 1], \[Object image 2]...), a photo of your brand spokesperson (this becomes \[Actor image 1]), and your company logo (this becomes \[Logo image 1]).

2. **Write the prompt:** Write naturally around the tags that are already in your input box. For example: "Show \[Actor image 1] walking into a meeting room and placing \[Object image 1] on the table. The meeting begins and the device is recording. End with \[Logo image 1] on screen. The tone should be professional but approachable."

3. **Set your format:** Choose 9:16 for TikTok and Reels, or 16:9 for YouTube. Pick a voiceover from the voice library or clone your own.

4. **Submit:** Agent Opus confirms your direction, drafts the video brief and transcript, and lays out the storyboard with your uploaded assets bound to the right shots — then generates a cohesive, stylized commercial featuring your exact product and spokesperson without needing a physical video shoot.

## What else can I create?

Beyond marketing, uploading your assets opens up a wide range of creative possibilities. Here are a few examples:

### A Children's Story with a Consistent Character

Upload a photo of your child's favorite stuffed animal as an Object. Write a prompt describing how the stuffed bear becomes the hero of a magical adventure, traveling through an enchanted forest, befriending a talking fox, and finding a hidden treasure. Choose the "Claire" or "Watercolor" style for a storybook feel. Every scene will feature the same stuffed animal as a consistent, recognizable character throughout the story.

### A Historical Explainer with a Real Figure

Upload a well-known historical portrait as an Actor. Write a script where this figure narrates their own story, explaining how they came to develop the theory of relativity and walking the viewer through the key breakthroughs. Use the "Pen & Ink" style for an authentic, academic look. The result is an educational video where the historical figure feels like the host of the content.

# 7. How does Agent Opus generate my video?

Agent Opus does not just "generate video." It **directs** it. After you submit your content, Agent Opus first walks you through clarification questions, a video brief, transcript review, and a shot-by-shot storyboard (see Section 3). Once you confirm — or after the auto-confirm timer fires — the system runs through a multi-stage AI pipeline that has been specifically designed to ensure narrative flow and visual consistency across every frame of your video.

**Traditional AI Video:** Audio shots → Separate videos → Hard cuts

**Agent Opus:** Audio shots → Videos with transitions → Fluid morphs

# 8. Feature Cards Overview

Agent Opus offers multiple creation modes, each designed for a specific type of content. Here is a breakdown of each feature card and what it does:

| **Feature**     | **Input**                                                                                                                                              | **Output Style**                                                                                                                                                              | **Best For**                                  |
| --------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------- |
| Script to Video | Written script, desired visual elements                                                                                                                | Full video with visuals and narration                                                                                                                                         | Creators with ready scripts                   |
| Song to Video   | • Audio: MP3, M4A, WAV, AAC, FLAC, OGG, WEBA<br /><br />• Video (audio track only): MP4, MOV, WEBM, MKV, AVI, M4V, MPG, MPEG<br /><br />• Up to 10 min | Music video that brings your song to life                                                                                                                                     | Musicians and AI music enthusiasts, marketers |
| Audio to Video  | • Audio: MP3, M4A, WAV, AAC, FLAC, OGG, WEBA<br /><br />• Video (audio track only): MP4, MOV, WEBM, MKV, AVI, M4V, MPG, MPEG<br /><br />• Up to 10 min | Video synced to your audio track                                                                                                                                              | Podcasters, voiceover artists                 |
| Assets to Ads   | Ad concept or brief                                                                                                                                    | Animated advertisement with motion graphics. Will automatically prompt to include an **anchor asset** (your uploaded assets, such as product photos, logos, or actor images). | Brands, marketers                             |
| Motion Graphics | Text description                                                                                                                                       | Animated graphics, infographics, maps                                                                                                                                         | Educators, data visualization                 |

## What does Motion Graphics mean?

Agent Opus includes a **Motion Designer** that can generate **motion graphics** from a prompt, so you can create animated explainers, infographics, maps, text animations, and more without After Effects.

## What does "Article, X, News to Video" mean?

Paste any public article, X post, or News URL and Agent Opus will:

* Read and understand the content

* Summarize or explain the content

* Convert it into a scripted, narrated, fully animated video — perfect for commentary, news breakdowns, and educational content. You can also use a self-made script using "Script to Video" and manually inputting your script.

# 9. Pricing for Agent Opus

Agent Opus operates on a credit-based system. Simple tasks use fewer credits, while more complex or longer videos use more. For a full breakdown of how credits are calculated and pricing tiers, please visit our [Agent Opus Pricing FAQ](https://help.opus.pro/agent-opus/article/ao-faq-credits-faq).

# 10. How can I request changes and stay in control? \[Human-in-the-Loop]

### Pre-generation

Before Agent Opus starts rendering the final video, you can adjust every part of the plan:

* **Clarification questions** — answer (or re-answer) the multiple-choice questions Agent Opus asks about video length, direction, etc. These are **required** — Agent Opus will not move forward until you respond.

* **Video Brief** — ask Agent Opus to retune the audience, tone, pacing, or topic summary, or change the "Must Not Violate" guardrails.

* **Transcript** — edit the voiceover script directly in the card, or ask Agent Opus to rewrite it (e.g., "make the hook punchier", "shorten the ending", "rewrite in a more serious tone").

<img />

* **Storyboard** — click any shot in chat to "mention" it, then describe the change ("tighten Shot 3 to 3 seconds", "swap the actor in Shot 5"). Or you could simply prompt and change them as a whole.

* **Anchor assets** — add, remove, or replace your uploaded **Objects**, **Actors**, or **Logos** via the "+" button at the storyboard checkpoint.

<table>
  <tr>
    <td>
      <img />
    </td>

    <td>
      <img />
    </td>
  </tr>
</table>

**Auto-confirm:** At the **Video Brief**, **Transcript**, and **Storyboard** checkpoints, Agent Opus waits **5 minutes** for your input and then auto-confirms with its best judgment if you walk away. **Clarification questions are the exception** — they do not auto-confirm; the project waits until you answer.

### Post-generation

After the video is generated, you can still keep editing — open the built-in editor to change keyframes, regenerate shots, or refine motion and transitions. See **Section 14: How can I edit my videos?** for the full editor walkthrough.

# 11. When should I NOT use Script-to-Video?

While Script-to-Video is a powerful tool, it is not the right fit for every type of video. Here are some situations where you should use the AI UGC mode or OpusClip instead:

* **Specific Real World Accuracy:** Agent Opus is an interpretive tool, not a documentary tool. It cannot perfectly generate specific real people, real locations, or photorealistic scenes. If your video needs to show exactly what a person or place looks like, use the core Agent Opus, which can pull in real-world assets and stock footage.

* **Heavy editing or clipping:** For videos that require heavy editing or clipping long videos into shorter segments, use the OpusClip editor instead.

* **Online content:** Agent Opus cannot pull content from links.

# 12. What are the video length limits?

Agent Opus videos follow the same length requirements as the core Agent Opus. Transcripts cannot exceed **1700 words** or **10 minutes** of audio. Agent Opus now supports long-form videos up to **10 minutes**, enabling new use cases such as in-depth explainers, longer narrative content, and extended marketing pieces.

# 13. How many projects can I submit?

As much as credit allows, you can create as many as possible.

# 14. How can I edit my videos?

Our built-in editor lets you update keyframes, regenerate shots, or refine motion and transitions. You can describe changes or upload a reference image to guide the result.

### How to open our Editor

* When you notice something you're not satisfied with, you can simply click here to jump to the place you want to edit.

<img />

### How to edit a scene

* **Edit by keyframe (for visual/content changes)**

  * Click on any keyframe to edit it.

  * Describe what you want to change in the input box, or upload a reference image.

  * Updating one keyframe may regenerate related scenes to keep transitions smooth.

<img />

* **Regenerate a shot (for motion or transition issues)**

  * If the keyframes look good but motion or transitions feel off, regenerate a specific shot.

  * You can also use **Quick Prompts** to quickly adjust things like motion, pacing, or smoothness.

<img />

#### Tips:

* Keyframe edits affect connected scenes, so changes may impact multiple shots.

# 15. What is the future of Agent Opus?

Agent Opus is continuously evolving. The team is actively working on new features and improvements based on user feedback. Here is a preview of what is coming next:

* **Integrating With Real World Online Assets:** Deep integration with real-time online assets to blend AI-generated content with real-world references. This will let you combine the consistency of Agent Opus with the authenticity of real footage.

* **More personalization:** Have Agent Opus review your brand assets to generate videos more personalized to you

# 16. Can I request a refund for my project?

Yes. Refunds are available when a project fails. Refunds will be automatically credited back into your account.

# 17. Projects taking a long time?

Some projects naturally take longer than others, depending on video length and workload.

If a project has been "In Progress" for more than **3 hours**, it likely failed and will automatically stop.

You can check the project status by looking for a **loading indicator** or the **"Processing"** tag on your dashboard. If the status disappears or the project shows an error message, the project was not successfully created and you may need to retry.

# 18. Are there any watermarks?

Watermarks are included for all free users. When you download projects on a free plan, there will be an Agent Opus watermark that appears periodically in your video.

# 19. Do you have an unlimited version?

No unlimited plans are available at the moment.

# 20. What Agent Opus is NOT designed for (yet)

For heavy editing or clipping long videos, use **OpusClip** instead. Agent Opus currently does NOT support:

* Turning long videos into multiple clips (use OpusClip)

* Pulling from paywalled links

* Describing brand assets in text (upload them instead)

# 21. How can I provide feedback?

We are building Agent Opus with your input, and we would love to hear from you. Feel free to share any feedback on our [Discord](https://discord.gg/MNPVXHNsht) channel or through the in-app survey.


# Agent Opus Credits FAQ
Source: https://help.opus.pro/agent-opus/article/ao-faq-credits-faq



# What are credits?

Credits are the universal currency you use to create videos and access features in Agent Opus. Instead of tracking complex per-feature costs, credits give you a simple, predictable way to pay for what you generate.

# How many credits are included with my plan?

The number of credits you receive each month depends on your subscription tier. Here's a quick overview:

| **Plan** | **Monthly Credits** |
| -------- | ------------------- |
| Free     | 60 credits/month    |
| Pro      | 300 credits/month   |
| Max      | 1,500 credits/month |

Top up credit options are rolling out to **Pro and Max** plan users. If you don't see a **Buy credits** option, it's on the way!

> Tip: You can always check your current credit balance and usage history from the subscription page

# Do credits expire?

It depends on the type of credits.

* **Monthly plan credits**: Your credits expire in 60 days, so they roll over for one additional month
* **Yearly plan credits**: You'll receive the full year's worth of credits immediately upon purchase, and they will expire after 12 months
* **Top-up credits**: Valid for 12 months from the day you buy them.
* **Bonus or promotional credits**: May have their own expiration terms, which will be clearly stated when you receive them.
* If you cancel your subscription, any remaining credits keep their original expiry date, even if that falls after your billing cycle ends.

  **Top-up credits** work differently. They're locked while you're unsubscribed and restored when you resubscribe, and their 12-month clock keeps running throughout.

# Can I use my credits across Agent Opus and OpusClip?

Your plan credits and bonus credits work across both Agent Opus and OpusClip.

Two kinds of credits are for Agent Opus only for now:

* **Welcome credits**: the one-time credits you receive when you sign up.
* **Top-up credits**: credits bought through a one-off top-up.

# How are credits charged for generation?

Credits are charged based on video duration, measured in 10-second increments. You'll always see the cost before any credits are deducted.

| **Feature**            | **Credits Charged**    | **Per**    |
| ---------------------- | ---------------------- | ---------- |
| Script to Video        | starting at 10 credits | 10 seconds |
| Audio to Video         | starting at 10 credits | 10 seconds |
| AI UGC video           | 30 credits             | 10 seconds |
| News/Articles to video | 20 credits             | 10 seconds |
| Motion Graphic         | 5 credits              | per second |

# How can I get more credits?

There are several ways to add credits to your account:

* **Upgrade your plan**. Moving to a higher tier gives you more monthly credits.
* **Purchase credit packs**. Buy additional packs anytime through your subscription page
* **Buy top-up credits**. On **Pro** or **Max**, buy 100 to 10,000 credits as a one-off. No plan change, no renewal.
* **Claim free credits**. Use free credit links when available.

# What happens if a generation fails, or I cancel a project?

You won't lose credits. When you confirm a project, the required credits are temporarily frozen. If the generation fails or you abort it, those credits are automatically returned to your balance; no action is needed on your part.

# Can I get my credits back if I'm not satisfied with the generated video?

We understand that an AI-generated video may not always match your expectations. However, credits used for a successfully completed generation are generally not refundable.

Credit refunds may be considered when a project is affected by a technical issue, such as:

* The project fails to generate or load (automatic).
* The project remains stuck processing for more than 3 hours.
* The project is affected by a confirmed system bug or technical error.
* The final output is clearly corrupted or affected by a significant platform-related issue.

# I had free quotas under the old system. What happened to them?

All legacy video quotas have been converted into credits. The conversion rate is 1 video quota (1-minute video) = 100 credits.

# Have more questions?

Feel free to share any feedback in our [Discord channel](https://discord.com/invite/VCqdxQgRXB) or through the in-app survey.


# Onboarding Rewards
Source: https://help.opus.pro/agent-opus/article/ao-onboarding-rewards



Onboarding rewards give you free credits for getting started with Agent Opus. Complete a few short steps — things like making your first video, adding a brand kit, or creating a voice — and each one pays out credits you can spend on generating videos.

# Where do I find my onboarding rewards?

There are three ways into the rewards panel:

* The **welcome pop-up** that appears the first time you open Agent Opus after signing up. Select **Claim now** to bank your welcome bonus and open the panel.
* The **rewards launcher** in the corner of the screen. It stays there until every reward is claimed.
* The **notification bell**, under "Your setup rewards are waiting."

<img alt="The welcome pop-up listing each onboarding step with its credit reward and a Claim now button." />

*The welcome pop-up on your first visit. Credit amounts shown are examples.*

# What counts as a step?

Your rewards panel lists the steps available to your account. Each one is a short, one-time action that introduces a part of Agent Opus you would otherwise have to go looking for — for example:

* Make your first video
* Add your brand kit
* Create your first voice

Every card tells you what to do and what it pays. A few steps unlock in sequence rather than all at once, because they build on each other — polishing a video in the editor only becomes available once you have a video to polish.

The list of steps changes as we improve the program, so your panel is always the accurate version for your account.

<img alt="The rewards panel showing progress, a claimable step, and locked steps that unlock in sequence." />

*The rewards panel. Credit amounts shown are examples.*

# How many credits does each step pay?

The credit amount is shown on every card, and the panel header shows the total you can still earn. Amounts change as we tune the program and can differ between accounts, so read the number off your own panel rather than from anywhere else.

# How do I claim a reward?

Rewards are not added automatically. Each step moves through three states:

1. **Available** — select the card and Agent Opus takes you to the place where you complete the step.
2. **Ready to claim** — you finished the step, and the card turns green with a **Claim reward** button.
3. **Claimed** — the credits are in your balance.

Select **Claim reward** on each finished step. Credits land in your balance right away and appear in your credit history. You can complete the steps in any order.

# Two deadlines to know about

Onboarding rewards have two separate clocks, and they measure different things:

| **Clock**                                   | **What it limits**                                                                                                                 |
| ------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Time to earn** — 7 days from sign-up      | How long you have to finish steps and claim them. The panel header counts this down. Anything unclaimed when it runs out closes.   |
| **Time to spend** — 30 days from each claim | How long the reward credits stay in your balance after you claim them. Each reward starts its own 30 days on the day you claim it. |

<Tip>
  Claiming early does not cost you anything — a claimed reward starts its 30 days, but an unclaimed one disappears entirely when the first clock ends. Claim as you go.
</Tip>

Reward credits are separate from the monthly credits included with your plan. See the [Agent Opus Credits FAQ](/agent-opus/article/ao-faq-credits-faq) for how those work and when they expire.

# Is this available everywhere?

Onboarding rewards are rolling out by region, so what you see depends on where your account is.

**If onboarding rewards are available in your region**, the panel appears on its own during your first session. There is nothing to switch on.

**If they are not available in your region yet**, you will not see the rewards panel. We are expanding availability over time, so check back for updates.

For where Agent Opus itself is available, see [Supported Regions](/agent-opus/article/ao-supported-regions).

# Do steps count if I already did them?

Yes. If you already made a video, saved a brand kit, or edited a video in the editor before opening the rewards panel, those steps are marked as complete for you. Open the panel and claim them.

# Why is one of my steps locked?

Some steps cover Pro features — scheduling and auto-posting to your social accounts, for example. Upgrade to Pro to unlock the step, complete it, and then claim the bonus credits from the panel.

If you signed up through a friend's referral link, you will see a referral upgrade card in this spot instead.

# Why don't I see the rewards panel?

Onboarding rewards are a limited program for new accounts. You will not see the panel if:

* Your account is on a paid plan. Onboarding rewards are for **Free** and **Trial** accounts.
* Onboarding rewards are not available in your region yet.
* Your account was not brand new when you first opened Agent Opus, or your 7-day earning window has already ended.
* We have not rolled it out to your account yet. We are releasing onboarding rewards gradually, so it may not appear on every new account.

# Where do I see the credits I earned?

Open your credit history from the subscription page. Every reward appears as its own entry, named after the step that earned it.

# Have more questions?

Feel free to share any feedback in our [Discord channel](https://discord.com/invite/VCqdxQgRXB) or through the in-app survey.


# Story Mode FAQ
Source: https://help.opus.pro/agent-opus/article/ao-story-mode-faq



# 1. What is Story Mode?

<img />

Introducing Story Mode, a new way to create your personal style that stays consistent across every shot. You can: Upload your custom style, Bring your own audio or script, Create all formats of polished mid-form videos. Whether it's explainers, faceless videos, hip videos, or marketing videos, Story Mode helps you tell a better story.
Story Mode is built to solve the three biggest problems in AI video: the style consistency problem, where visuals feel disjointed, the static problem where videos lack real motion, and the transition problem where scenes "cut" or jump instead of flowing shot to shot. It uses a "Long Take" technique, creating a seamless, immersive experience where scenes morph and flow into one another without jarring cuts. This makes it perfect for a wide range of use cases:

* **Narrative Storytelling**: Bring your stories to life with a consistent visual style that matches your narrative tone. Ideal for brand stories, historical explainers, or fictional narratives.
* **Educational Content**: Create engaging and easy-to-follow educational videos. The fluid transitions help to keep viewers focused and engaged on the content.
* **Marketing and Advertising**: Produce eye-catching marketing videos that stand out. The unique visual styles can help to build a strong brand identity.
* **Social Media Content**: Quickly generate content of different formats for platforms like TikTok, Instagram Reels, and YouTube Shorts.

# 2. How is Story Mode different from the original Agent Opus experience?

The main Agent Opus video product is built for creating videos that are grounded in reality. It pulls together a hybrid mix of real-world assets, stock footage, AI-generated visuals, and avatars to produce polished, professional content. Story Mode is designed for purely imaginative and stylistic storytelling, where every single frame is generated by AI and shares the same visual DNA.

| **Feature**      | Core Agent Opus                                | New Story Mode                                             |
| ---------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Asset Source** | Hybrid (Real assets, stock, AI, Avatars)       | 100% AI Generative, can include real world asset reference |
| **Visual Style** | Can vary due to mixing different asset types   | Hyper Consistent (Unified Art Style across every frame)    |
| **Transitions**  | Standard cuts and fades from template          | Fluid Morphs and Continuous Camera Movement                |
| **Primary Goal** | Realistic, accurate and professional narration | Immersion and Narrative Flow                               |

# 3. How do I get started with Story Mode?

## 1. Open Agent Opus

Create an account and log in at agent.opus.pro using a one-time password.

## 2. Enter Story Mode

From the main Agent Opus dashboard, click the "**Story Mode**" button on the side panel. This takes you into the dedicated Story Mode interface.

## 3. Submit Your Request

Once you are in Story Mode, you will see the headline "**Create a short video in your own style**." Below that is the input box, which is pre-tagged with @StoryMode. Type directly into the chatbot. You can start in several ways:

* **Submit a script** (e.g., "Turn this script into a video: \[your script]")
* **Describe a topic** (e.g., "Create a video about \[a video idea]")
* **Upload audio**

Note: Transcripts cannot exceed **450 words** or approximately **4 minutes of audio**. For the best results, provide a well-structured transcript that tells a clear story. Story Mode is optimized for narrative content. If audio has been uploaded, Story Mode can only take in the audio and clear all other prompts you have entered. The audio used must not be instrumental.

## 4. Select a Style and Submit

Choose a visual style from the preset gallery at the top of the page. You can also create your own custom style if none of the presets match your vision. Once you are happy with your selection, hit submit and Agent Opus will handle the rest.

<img />

## 5. Sample Cases

Want to get inspiration? Scroll down to the "**Top story mode**" section to browse sample projects in various styles:

* See a project you like? Click it to see the prompt that was used or even recreate it using the recreate button.
* Each example shows a different visual style with the style name labeled at the bottom, so you can quickly find a look that matches your vision.
* Browse across styles like Claymation, 2D Line, Animation, Collage, Claire, Pen & Ink, Halftone, Schematic, Watercolor, and Blue Vox to see what each one looks like in a finished video.

\[Image]

# 4. What types of input does Story Mode accept?

Story Mode is flexible about how you start your project. You can come in with a fully written script, a rough idea, or even just an audio recording. Here is a breakdown of inputs Story Mode accepts and how to use each one:

| **Input**                                                                           | Agent Opus (Main) | Story Mode                      |
| ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------- | ------------------------------- |
| **Directly prompting**                                                              | ✓                 | ✓                               |
| **Transcript (used as the video script)**                                           | Need to prompt    | Directly used as the transcript |
| **Publicly available links**                                                        | ✓                 | ✗                               |
| **Documents (Docs, PDF, etc...)**                                                   | ✓                 | ✗                               |
| **Non-instrumental audio files directly applied in the video (Music or voiceover)** | ✓                 | ✗                               |

| **Input Type**           | Supported Formats                        | How to Use It                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |                                                                                                                                                                          |
| ------------------------ | ---------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| **Transcript or Script** | Text (paste directly into the input box) | Paste your full script, and Story Mode will generate a video that follows your narrative bit by bit. The more structured your transcript, the better the output.                                                                                                                                                                     |                                                                                                                                                                          |
| **Audio File**           | .wav, .mp3                               | Directly used as the transcript                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      | Upload a voice recording or narration file. Story Mode will transcribe it and use it as the script for your video. This is great if you want to use a song or a podcast. |
| **Prompt or Topic**      | Text (paste directly into the input box) | Describe what you want your video to be about in a few sentences. For example, "Create a video explaining how black holes form" or "Make a video about the rise of electric vehicles." Story Mode will generate a full script from your prompt and then produce the video. The prompt can be simpler and more direct for story mode. |                                                                                                                                                                          |

The possibilities here are limitless. You could paste a blog post you wrote and turn it into a narrated video. You could record yourself talking through an idea on your phone, upload the audio, and let Story Mode handle the rest. You could describe a concept you have been thinking about and see it come to life in a visual style you love. The point is that Story Mode meets you wherever you are in your creative process.

5. How can I customize my video? (prior to project submission)

## 🎨 Visual Styles

Story Mode offers a curated gallery of 12+ preset visual styles, each one carefully designed to maintain hyper consistency throughout your entire video. Every frame in your video will share the same visual DNA, so there are no jarring shifts between scenes. Available styles include:

<table>
  <tr>
    <td><img alt="2D Line" /><br />**2D Line**<br />Clean, hand-drawn line art with sketch-like quality</td>
    <td><img alt="Animation" /><br />**Animation**<br />Vibrant, colorful animated illustration</td>
    <td><img alt="Collage" /><br />**Collage**<br />Textured, mixed media collage with a handmade feel</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td><img alt="Blue Vox" /><br />**Blue Vox**<br />Stylized, Vox-inspired editorial graphics</td>
    <td><img alt="Claire" /><br />**Claire**<br />Soft, elegant illustration with gentle tones</td>
    <td><img alt="Claymation" /><br />**Claymation**<br />Stop motion clay aesthetic that looks like real claymation</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td><img alt="Economic" /><br />**Economic**<br />Data-driven, infographic style with charts and figures</td>
    <td><img alt="Halftone" /><br />**Halftone**<br />Retro halftone print effect with a vintage newspaper look</td>
    <td><img alt="Marcinelle" /><br />**Marcinelle**<br />European comic book style with bold outlines</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td><img alt="Pen & Ink" /><br />**Pen & Ink**<br />Classic pen and ink illustration with crosshatching</td>
    <td><img alt="Schematic" /><br />**Schematic**<br />Technical blueprint style with a mechanical feel</td>
    <td><img alt="Watercolor" /><br />**Watercolor**<br />Soft, flowing watercolor painting aesthetic</td>
  </tr>

  <tr>
    <td />

    <td><img alt="Vox" /><br />**Vox**<br />Bold, editorial graphics with strong typography</td>

    <td />
  </tr>
</table>

## 🖌️ Custom Styles

If none of the presets match your vision, you can create a **custom style**. Click the "**Add style**" button at the beginning of the style gallery to open the Style Creator. From there, you have two options:

* **STYLE IMAGE**: Upload a reference image (PNG, JPG, or WebP) that represents the visual look you want. Story Mode will analyze the image and apply that aesthetic to your entire video.
* **STYLE INSTRUCTION**: Write a text description of your custom style in the text box. For example, you could write "dark moody watercolor with heavy shadows and muted earth tones" and Story Mode will interpret that into a visual style.
  You can use either one or both together for the best results. Once you are happy with your custom style, click "**Apply**" to save it and use it for your project. Your custom styles are saved to your library so you can reuse them on future projects.

<img />

## 📱 Aspect Ratio

Story Mode supports multiple aspect ratios so you can create content optimized for different platforms. To change the aspect ratio, click the aspect ratio button in the input toolbar before submitting your project.

* **9:16** (Vertical) This is the default setting and is ideal for TikTok, Instagram Reels, and YouTube Shorts
* **16:9** (Horizontal) Best for YouTube videos and landscape content
* **1:1** (Square) Works well for Instagram feed posts and LinkedIn

<img />

## 🎙️ Voiceover

Story Mode gives you full control over how your video sounds. You can choose from the existing Agent Opus voice library, which includes a range of built-in AI voices with different tones, accents, and styles.

To select a voice, click the "Voice" button in the input toolbar. From there, you can:

* **Use a built-in voice**: Browse and preview the built-in AI voices to find one that matches the mood of your content
* **Clone a voice**: Upload or record up to a 30-second sample of your voice or the voice you want and Story Mode will clone it to narrate the entire video

Voice cloning is a powerful way to make your content feel personal and authentic. Whether you are building a personal brand or creating content for a specific audience, having your choice of voice on the video makes a big difference.

# 6. How does Story Mode generate my video?

Story Mode does not just "generate video." It **directs** it. After you submit your content, the system runs through a multi-stage AI pipeline that has been specifically designed to ensure narrative flow and visual consistency across every frame of your video.

**Traditional AI Video**: Audio shots → Separate videos → Hard cuts

**Story Mode**: Audio shots → Videos with transitions → Fluid morphs

# 7. When should I NOT use Story Mode?

While Story Mode is a powerful tool, it is not the right fit for every type of video. Here are some situations where you should use the core Agent Opus or OpusClip instead:

* **Specific Real World Accuracy**: Story Mode is an interpretive tool, not a documentary tool. It cannot perfectly generate specific real people, real locations, or photorealistic scenes. If your video needs to show exactly what a person or place looks like, use the core Agent Opus which can pull in real-world assets and stock footage.
* **Heavy editing or clipping**: For videos that require heavy editing or clipping long videos into shorter segments, use OpusClip or the core Agent Opus editor instead. Story Mode is designed as a "set it and forget it" experience.
* **Online content**: Story Mode cannot pull content from links.

# 8. What are the video length limits?

Story Mode videos follow the same length requirements as the core Agent Opus. Transcripts cannot exceed **450 words** or **4 minutes of audio**. The recommended length for optimal quality and social media performance is under **3 minutes**, which aligns with the ideal format for TikTok, Reels, and YouTube Shorts. Keeping your videos in this range also helps with viewer retention and engagement.

# 9. How many projects can I submit?

Story Mode projects count toward your overall Agent Opus project quota. To allow as many users as possible to enjoy Agent Opus, there may be a limit on the total number of projects you can generate per day.

# 10. How can I edit my videos?

Right now, you can export the video and use OpusClip to edit it.

# 11. What is the future of Story Mode?

Story Mode is continuously evolving. The team is actively working on new features and improvements based on user feedback. Here is a preview of what is coming next:

1. **Integrating With Real World Online Assets**:\*\* Deep integration with real-time online assets to blend AI-generated content with real-world references. This will let you combine the consistency of Story Mode with the authenticity of real footage.
2. **Editor**: Clip editing and clip regeneration capabilities so you can fine-tune individual scenes without regenerating the entire video.
3. **Greater Personalization**: Avatar mode, the ability to upload your own assets, and smarter user intent understanding, so Story Mode can better interpret what you are looking for.

# 12. How can I provide feedback?

We are building Story Mode with your input, and we would love to hear from you. Feel free to share any feedback on our Discord channel ([https://discord.gg/MNPVXHNsht](https://discord.gg/MNPVXHNsht)) or through the in-app survey.


# Supported Regions
Source: https://help.opus.pro/agent-opus/article/ao-supported-regions



Below is the current list of **countries, regions, and territories** from which **Agent Opus** is officially supported and accessible.
We are actively working to **expand availability**, more regions will be added soon. If your country isn't listed yet, please stay tuned!

## Currently supported:

* Albania
* Andorra
* Antigua and Barbuda
* Argentina
* Armenia
* Australia
* Austria
* Azerbaijan
* Bahamas
* Bahrain
* Barbados
* Belarus
* Belgium
* Belize
* Bolivia
* Bosnia and Herzegovina
* Botswana
* Brazil
* Bulgaria
* Canada
* Chile
* Colombia
* Costa Rica
* Croatia
* Cyprus
* Czech Republic
* Denmark
* Dominica
* Dominican Republic
* Estonia
* Fiji
* Finland
* France
* Georgia
* Germany
* Greece
* Grenada
* Guyana
* Hungary
* Iceland
* Ireland
* India
* Israel
* Italy
* Jamaica
* Japan
* Kiribati
* Kosovo
* Kuwait
* Latvia
* Liechtenstein
* Lithuania
* Luxembourg
* Malaysia
* Malta
* Marshall Islands
* Mexico
* Micronesia
* Moldova
* Monaco
* Montenegro
* Netherlands
* New Zealand
* North Macedonia
* Norway
* Papua New Guinea
* Paraguay
* Peru
* Philippines
* Poland
* Portugal
* Puerto Rico
* Qatar
* Romania
* Saint Kitts and Nevis
* Saint Lucia
* Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
* Samoa
* San Marino
* Serbia
* Singapore
* Slovakia
* Slovenia
* Solomon Islands
* South Africa
* South Korea
* Spain
* Suriname
* Sweden
* Switzerland
* Tonga
* Trinidad and Tobago
* Turkey
* United Arab Emirates
* United Kingdom
* United States
* Uruguay
* Vatican City
* Venezuela

## 🚀 Will More Countries Be Added?

**Yes**. Agent Opus is rolling out and expanding access to more users over time. We regularly review infrastructure, compliance, and regional routing to introduce support for additional locations.


# Agent Opus Prompt Guide
Source: https://help.opus.pro/agent-opus/prompt-guide



# How do I create effective prompts?

A prompt is a text instruction that Agent Opus uses to generate your video. The way you communicate with Agent Opus directly affects the quality, tone, and relevance of the output. Clear, specific prompts lead to better results. Below are a few best practices to help you craft effective requests and get the most out of your creative process.

<Info>If you have any questions or need help along the way, join our [Discord community](https://discord.com/invite/VCqdxQgRXB)! We're always around to support you, answer questions, and connect with fellow creators.</Info>

| Best Practices                                                                                                                                                                                                                   | More Effective Prompt                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         | Less Effective Prompt                                                                                           |
| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Be Clear and Specific**<br /><br />   Clearly state what the video should cover and the style or tone you're aiming for.                                                                                                       | Create an informative explainer video about future space tourism, with vibrant visuals and a friendly narrator.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               | Make a video about space travel.                                                                                |
| **Provide Necessary Context**<br /><br />   Include relevant background information to help Agent Opus understand your goals. Mention the topic, target audience, video style, and any key instructions.                         | *I'd like to create a faceless, informative video based on this article:*<br />   [https://www.ft.com/content/cc083f49-90a5-4645-a039-0d1f88d2a0e4](https://www.ft.com/content/cc083f49-90a5-4645-a039-0d1f88d2a0e4)    <br /><br />*The video should explain why Labubu is gaining popularity. My audiences are marketing professionals interested in branding and audience engagement.*<br /><br />    *Please ensure the facts are accurate. Here are additional sources to reference:*<br />   [https://malaysia.news.yahoo.com/lalisa-labubu-does-k-pop-011306303.html](https://malaysia.news.yahoo.com/lalisa-labubu-does-k-pop-011306303.html)<br />[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0X8KvR82-qw](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0X8KvR82-qw)<br />[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Bc1a1CF80](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Bc1a1CF80)                             | Create a video talking about 'Oyster Capital'.                                                                  |
| **Give Source Material Directly**<br /><br />   Include any blog text or headlines you want used. Agent Opus works best when you provide clear source content.                                                                   | Here is my blog post: \[link]. Turn this into a 60-second narrated video with smooth motion graphics.<br /><br />Turn my podcast audio @\[your uploaded audio file] into a highlight reel with animated headlines.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | Here is my blog title: Labubu.                                                                                  |
| **Plug your script straight into the video**<br /><br />   Include any script you have. Agent Opus will turn your written script into voiced narration. Agent Opus works best when providing a full and well rounded transcript. | Make a video around a video about: how AI is actually good for pushing genuine and authentic creativity. Here's my script:<br /><br />*Everyone's worried AI is flooding the world with generic content—what some call “AI slop.”But here's the twist: that's exactly what's pushing us forward. Tools nowadays can pump out endless art and music—but only by remixing what already exists. They can't touch your lived experience, your voice, your truth. People say AI is lowering the bar. In reality, it's raising it. If you want to stand out now, you can't be average. You have to be specific. Honest. Unmistakably you. AI forces us to dig deeper and make work that can't be copied. So don't fear it—treat it like a challenge. Let it push you to be more original than ever. The future belongs to creators who dare to be real. Are you ready to level up?* | Make a video about AI and creativity. Use my script somehow and make it look cool. Add some visuals that match. |
| **Keep These Limits in Mind**<br /><br />   Agent Opus is best suited for narrative-style video generation. For editing raw footage or clipping long videos, please use  [OpusClip](https://opus.pro/).                          | Here is a list of things Agent Opus is currently not built for:<br /><br />❌ Add animated captions to raw videos (use OpusClip for this)<br />❌ Turn long videos into short clips (use OpusClip for this)<br />❌ Pull content from paywalled sources — paste or summarize the content yourself<br />❌ Describe specific logos, fonts, or color palettes for the video in the prompt. Custom brand assets must be uploaded manually.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           | N/A                                                                                                             |

# Agent Opus works best with certain categories

| **Use Case**                                                                                           | **What is it best for?**                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           | **Example**                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Explainer**<br /><br />*To teach or explain something clearly and simply*                            | “What is…?” videos (e.g., “What is blockchain?”)<br /><br />“How does this work?” (e.g., “How credit cards earn rewards”)<br /><br />Step-by-step guides (e.g., “3 steps to improve your resume”)<br /><br />Concept breakdowns (school topics, tech, finance, productivity, etc.) | *Create a video on the history of the internet. Please include specific dates, breakthroughs, and any modern trends.*                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
| **Thought Leadership**<br /><br />*Share your ideas, frameworks, and opinions to invoke conversation*  | Breaking down how you think: frameworks, mental models, lessons learned<br /><br />“Here's my take on…” style videos<br /><br />Short rants or hot takes about your industry, role, or topic                                                                                       | *Create a polished 45-second LinkedIn video script on the topic of Self-Sabotage.<br />Make sure the video includes these key ideas: Awareness is only the first step: it means nothing without taking the second step of intentional action.Self-sabotage isn't your identity — it’s a collection of habits that shape how you perform, behave, and connect with others. Inner reflection is essential — emphasize the need to look inward to recognize patterns and begin real change. Keep the tone clear, concise, and professional, suitable for a LinkedIn audience.* |
| **News**<br /><br />*Quickly explain “what happened” and “why it matters” of the recent news*          | Geopolitical News<br /><br />Local announcements or updates<br /><br />Market/finance changes<br /><br />Product launches and feature updates                                                                                                                                      | *Create a video of this news about Agent Opus's Public Beta Launch. Please ensure the facts are accurate. Here are additional sources to reference:* \[[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PxeH9M1Xib0](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PxeH9M1Xib0), [https://www.opus.pro/agent](https://www.opus.pro/agent)]                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
| **Promotional Video**<br /><br />*Get people interested or excited about a product, event, or service* | Product feature highlights App or tool demos Event announcements or launches                                                                                                                                                                                                       | *Write a high-energy, cinematic holiday-season ad for Agent Opus.<br /><br />Showcase how artists, brands, and creators can bring their ideas to life with stunning AI-generated music videos, commercials, and visuals this holiday season.<br /><br />Use phrases like “AI-powered holiday magic,” “next-gen creative studio,” and “make your brand shine brighter this season.”*                                                                                                                                                                                         |

# Referencing your own assets

You can make your videos feel more “you” by adding your own images and clips. Agent Opus can mix your assets with AI-generated visuals

## What counts as an asset?

* URLs (e.g links to social Media Posts, articles, youtube videos)
* Files (e.g a document outlining your script)
* Images (e.g product photos or screenshots, headshots, brand logos)
* Audio (e.g voiceovers)
* Video (e.g b-rolls)

1. **Upload your assets first**

Add your images and video clips to the project so Agent Opus can access them.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. **Refer to them clearly in your prompt**

You can use "@" and the drop down to reference certain images or videos you have previously attached.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. **Describe the role, not just the file**

Mention what the asset is and what you want it to do in the video.
Instead of saying “use image\_01,” use "@" and select the desired asset.

* Better: “Use the screenshot @WTM.png when explaining my app.”
* Worse: “Use the second image somewhere.”


# OpusClip MCP Server
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/agent-setup



Connect OpusClip to an AI agent and work from natural-language prompts such as "clip this video" or "schedule this clip to post tomorrow at 9am."

Pro-tier API access is in **Beta**. The limits described on [Limitations](/api-reference/limitation) apply to **Pro Beta** and **Max** unless noted otherwise. Business customers have API access per their contract.

This page covers the **MCP Server** (`mcp.opus.pro/mcp`) for Cursor, Cline, Claude Code, ChatGPT / Codex, and other MCP hosts. Using Claude.ai? Use the [Claude Connector](/api-reference/claude-connector) instead. Prefer an API-key code package? See the [Skill](/api-reference/skill).

<Steps>
  <Step title="Install">
    OpusClip runs as a **hosted MCP server** — nothing to install or run locally, and OAuth sign-in on first use (no API key):

    ```
    https://mcp.opus.pro/mcp
    ```

    The MCP Server exposes the full tool catalog, including thumbnail generation. (The [Claude Connector](/api-reference/claude-connector) is a separate endpoint for Claude.ai: workflow tools only, and publishing there requires the user to confirm in OpusClip.) Any OpusClip account can complete the OAuth flow and view the tool catalog. Calling a tool requires **Pro Beta**, **Max**, or **Business** plan access; without it, the host returns an upgrade prompt.

    #### Install from a directory (one-click)

    OpusClip is listed across the agent-discovery ecosystem — the fastest ways to add it (all connect to `https://mcp.opus.pro/mcp`; complete the OAuth sign-in on first use):

    * **npm** — `npx @opusclip/mcp`, or add it to your host config:

    ```json theme={"dark"}
    { "mcpServers": { "opusclip": { "command": "npx", "args": ["-y", "@opusclip/mcp"] } } }
    ```

    * **MCP Registry** — search `opusclip` (server name `io.github.opus-pro/opusclip`).
    * **Smithery** — [smithery.ai/servers/opusclip/opusclip](https://smithery.ai/servers/opusclip/opusclip).
    * **Cursor** — search `OpusClip` on [cursor.directory](https://cursor.directory), or use an **Add to Cursor** deep link.
    * **Cline** — search `OpusClip` in the Cline MCP Marketplace.

    #### Other MCP hosts (manual config)

    Point your host at `https://mcp.opus.pro/mcp` and complete the OAuth flow when prompted. For example, Cursor (`~/.cursor/mcp.json`) or Cline (`cline_mcp_settings.json`):

    ```json theme={"dark"}
    { "mcpServers": { "opusclip": { "url": "https://mcp.opus.pro/mcp" } } }
    ```

    #### Tool catalog

    The MCP Server exposes the 28 tools below (26 workflow tools plus two deprecated no-op signposts), plus the thumbnail-generation tools.

    The [Claude Connector](/api-reference/claude-connector) is **not** the same surface. It exposes the same 28 tools and no generation tools, and — the difference that matters most — its posting, scheduling, unscheduling, and project-sharing tools **do not commit**: they return a link the user confirms in OpusClip. On this endpoint those same four tools commit directly, because you configured `mcp.opus.pro` yourself rather than reaching it through a listed connector. Do not assume a prompt that works here behaves identically there.

    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="Read tools (12) — no approval prompt">
        * `opusclip_whoami` — identity check for the connected org
        * `opusclip_get_usage` — show the org's current API usage against its cap
        * `opusclip_list_projects` — list recent clip projects
        * `opusclip_list_clips` — list clips inside a project
        * `opusclip_describe_clip` — fetch a single clip's detail (transcript, layout, render status)
        * `opusclip_list_collections` — list collections
        * `opusclip_list_clips_in_collection` — list clips inside a collection
        * `opusclip_list_brand_templates` — list brand templates
        * `opusclip_list_social_accounts` — list connected social accounts
        * `opusclip_list_scheduled_posts` — list scheduled and recent posts (returns the `schedule_id` that unscheduling requires)
        * `opusclip_get_transcript` — fetch a project's source-video transcript
        * `opusclip_get_social_copy_job` — fetch a social copy job
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Write tools (14) — approval prompt per call">
        * `opusclip_submit_project` — clip a YouTube or Vimeo URL · consumes credits
        * `opusclip_create_upload_link` — get a signed URL to upload a local video
        * `opusclip_edit_clip` — edit a clip with named operations in one call: captions, emoji, and keyword-highlight toggles; filler-word and pause removal; section trim, split, drop, and reorder; phrase cutting; caption colour, position, and casing; clip dubbing; and undo · re-renders the preview
        * `opusclip_create_censor_job` — bleep or mask flagged content · consumes credits
        * `opusclip_share_project` — make a project publicly viewable
        * `opusclip_create_collection` — create a collection
        * `opusclip_add_clip_to_collection` — add a clip to a collection
        * `opusclip_export_clip` — get one clip's HD download URL (ready / rendering / unavailable)
        * `opusclip_export_collection` — get HD download URLs for every clip in a collection
        * `opusclip_duplicate_clip` — copy a clip to `<title> (Copy)`; free, no re-render
        * `opusclip_create_social_copy_job` — generate platform-specific social copy
        * `opusclip_create_post_task` — post a clip to a connected social account
        * `opusclip_schedule_publish` — schedule a clip for future posting
        * `opusclip_unschedule_publish` — cancel a previously scheduled post
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Deprecated signposts (2) — no-ops kept for compatibility">
        * `opusclip_get_editing_script` — deprecated; returns no editing script, only a pointer to `opusclip_edit_clip`
        * `opusclip_apply_editing_script` — deprecated; applies nothing and re-renders nothing, only a pointer to `opusclip_edit_clip`

        Editing scripts were retired as a surface; `opusclip_edit_clip` is the only editing route. These two names remain so an agent holding an older tool list is redirected instead of hitting a hard error.
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Generation tools (2) — mcp.opus.pro only">
        * `opusclip_create_thumbnail_job` — generate thumbnail options for a clip · consumes credits
        * `opusclip_get_thumbnail_job` — fetch a thumbnail job's status and results
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>

    `list_clips` and `describe_clip` return **preview** URLs only — the HD download URL comes from `export_clip` (one clip) or `export_collection` (a collection).

    #### Troubleshooting

    <AccordionGroup>
      <Accordion title="OAuth fails or returns 'No matching client'">
        Sign in with the same identity provider used to create the OpusClip account (email, Google, or Apple).
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Tools return 'API access not enabled for this org'">
        The org does not have the API entitlement. Pro Beta and Max orgs receive it automatically. Otherwise, [contact sales](https://www.opus.pro/contact-api).
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="Which org does the connector use for a multi-org user?">
        The one picked on the OAuth consent screen at connect time. It is fixed for the life of the connection, and no tool can switch it — there is no `list_orgs`. To act in a different org, disconnect and reconnect, choosing that org while signing in. `whoami` reports the current one.
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="401 errors keep firing">
        Hosts refresh tokens automatically. If refresh fails persistently, remove the connector and re-add it.
      </Accordion>

      <Accordion title="403 or 429 responses">
        `403` indicates the monthly cap (`15h` / `900` credits per workspace) has been hit. The cap resets on the first day of the next month (UTC). `429` indicates the concurrent-project limit (`4`) has been hit and clears as in-flight projects finish. See [Limitations](/api-reference/limitation).
      </Accordion>
    </AccordionGroup>

    Tools consume credits and inherit the Pro Beta & Max caps (`15h` monthly, `10`-credit per-project floor, `4` concurrent projects). See [Limitations](/api-reference/limitation).
  </Step>

  <Step title="Try it">
    **Clip a video**

    > Clip this YouTube video and give me the top 5 best clips
    > `https://youtube.com/watch?v=...`

    **Inline edits**

    > Fix the typo in caption 4 of clip 3.
  </Step>
</Steps>

## What's next

* Using Claude.ai? See the [Claude Connector](/api-reference/claude-connector).
* Prefer an API-key code package? See the [Skill](/api-reference/skill).
* Wondering what changed? See the [release notes](https://github.com/opus-pro/opusclip-mcp/releases).
* Need higher limits? [Contact sales](https://www.opus.pro/contact-api).
* On a **Business** plan? Your custom limits live in your contract. Talk to your account manager for details.


# Brand Template
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/brand-template



## Customizing Brand Templates

<Steps>
  <Step title="Manage brand template on dashboard">
    <Card title="Customizing Brand Templates" icon="gear" href="https://clip.opus.pro/brand-templates">
      For a high level of customization, you can create and manage your brand template.
    </Card>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Get a list of brand templates">
    Send request to retrieve a list of brand templates.

    ```bash theme={"dark"}
    curl --request GET \
    --url https://api.opus.pro/api/brand-templates?q=mine \
    --header 'Authorization: <API_KEY>'
    ```

    Get id of the brand template you want to use.

    ```json theme={"dark"}
    [
        {
            "templateId": "your-brand-template-id",
            "name": "Karaoke Template",
            ...other properties
        }
    ]
    ```
  </Step>

  <Step title="Create project with brand template">
    <Card title="Creating project with brand template" icon="gear" href="/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#using-brand-templates">
      For a high level of customization, you can create and manage your brand template.
    </Card>

    ```bash theme={"dark"}
    curl --request POST \
    --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
    --header 'Authorization Bearer <API_KEY>' \
    --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
    --data '{
        "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
        "brandTemplateId": "your-brand-template-id"
    }'
    ```
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Using Preset Brand Templates

We provide popular templates for your convenience.
You can directly use the id of the brand template you want to use.

<Tip>
  Preview below preset brand templates, pick the one you like and use the `id` in your project.
</Tip>

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Karaoke">
    <video />

    id: <b>preset-fancy-Karaoke</b>
  </Card>

  <Card title="Gameplay">
    <video />

    id: <b>preset-fancy-Gameplay</b>
  </Card>

  <Card title="Beasty">
    <video />

    id: <b>preset-fancy-Beasty</b>
  </Card>

  <Card title="Deep Diver">
    <video />

    id: <b>preset-fancy-Deep\_Diver</b>
  </Card>

  <Card title="Youshaei">
    <video />

    id: <b>preset-fancy-Youshaei</b>
  </Card>

  <Card title="Pod_P">
    <video />

    id: <b>preset-fancy-Pod\_P</b>
  </Card>

  <Card title="Mozi">
    <video />

    id: <b>preset-fancy-Mozi</b>
  </Card>

  <Card title="Popline">
    <video />

    id: <b>preset-fancy-Popline</b>
  </Card>

  <Card title="Simple">
    <video />

    id: <b>preset-fancy-Simple</b>
  </Card>

  <Card title="Think Media">
    <video />

    id: <b>preset-fancy-Think\_Media</b>
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# OpusClip Claude Connector
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/claude-connector



Automate your OpusClip workspace from Claude.ai: browse projects and clips, pull transcripts, organize collections, edit clips, export HD downloads, and prepare posts for your connected social accounts — all from natural-language prompts.

OpusClip is listed in the Claude connector directory at **[claude.ai/directory/opusclip](https://claude.ai/directory/opusclip)** — add it from there in one click.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<Note>
  **Nothing is published without your confirmation.** On this connector, posting, scheduling, cancelling a scheduled post, and sharing a project do not happen when the agent calls the tool. Each call returns a link you open in OpusClip, where you review the exact request and confirm it yourself. See [Publishing requires your confirmation](#publishing-requires-your-confirmation).
</Note>

<Note>
  The Claude Connector does not support media generation. It exposes no image, video, or audio generation tools, and the generation options of the workflow tools — clip dubbing, for example — are not available here either. If you need thumbnail generation or dubbing, or you are configuring an IDE or CLI host such as Cursor, Cline, or Claude Code, use the [MCP Server](/api-reference/agent-setup) instead.
</Note>

Any OpusClip account can complete the OAuth flow and view the tool catalog. Calling a tool requires **Pro Beta**, **Max**, or **Business** plan access; without it, the host returns an upgrade prompt. See [Limitations](/api-reference/limitation) for the plan caps.

## Install

Open **[OpusClip in the Claude connector directory](https://claude.ai/directory/opusclip)** and click **Add**, then complete the OAuth sign-in. You can also reach it from **Settings → Connectors** in Claude.ai by searching for **OpusClip**.

Start a new conversation and try `List my recent OpusClip projects`.

Adding an endpoint by hand as a custom connector is not the route here. If your host is not Claude.ai, or you need generation tools, use the [MCP Server](/api-reference/agent-setup) at `https://mcp.opus.pro/mcp` — it carries the full tool catalog.

If you belong to more than one OpusClip org, you pick the org **on the OAuth consent screen while connecting**. That choice is fixed for the life of the connection: there is no tool that switches orgs mid-conversation. To work in a different org, disconnect the connector and reconnect, choosing that org on the consent screen. Ask the agent to run `whoami` to see which org it is currently acting in.

## Publishing requires your confirmation

Four tools on this connector never commit anything on their own:

| Tool                          | What the agent is requesting                  |
| ----------------------------- | --------------------------------------------- |
| `opusclip_create_post_task`   | post a clip to a connected social account now |
| `opusclip_schedule_publish`   | schedule a clip for a future time             |
| `opusclip_unschedule_publish` | cancel a scheduled post                       |
| `opusclip_share_project`      | make a project publicly viewable              |

Calling one returns `status: "requires_approval"`, `committed: false`, and an `approval_url`. Opening that link in OpusClip shows you the exact request — the clip, the account, the time, and the caption the agent wrote — and the action runs only after you confirm it there, in your own signed-in session.

What this means in practice:

* **The agent cannot post on your behalf.** Not by mistake, not in the background, not while you are away from the conversation.
* **A batch costs one confirmation.** If the agent prepares several posts, it can combine them into a single link, and confirming once runs all of them.
* **The link is yours alone.** It works only for the account that made the request, signed in. Forwarding it to a colleague does nothing.
* **Ignoring the link is how you decline.** There is no reject button to hunt for. Links expire on their own — one hour for an immediate post, up to the scheduled time for a scheduled one, twenty-four hours for sharing and cancelling — and an expired link has no effect.
* **Credits are spent when you confirm**, not when the agent calls the tool.

<Note>
  This is separate from the approval prompt Claude itself shows before running a write tool. That prompt is your host asking whether the agent may make the call; this confirmation is OpusClip asking whether the action may actually happen. Both apply to the four tools above.
</Note>

The [MCP Server](/api-reference/agent-setup) at `mcp.opus.pro` behaves differently: there the same four tools commit directly, because you configured that endpoint yourself rather than reaching it through a listed connector.

## Tool catalog

The connector exposes the 28 tools below — 26 workflow tools plus two deprecated no-op signposts kept for compatibility.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Read tools (12) — no approval prompt">
    * `opusclip_whoami` — identity check for the connected org
    * `opusclip_get_usage` — show the org's current API usage against its cap
    * `opusclip_list_projects` — list recent clip projects
    * `opusclip_list_clips` — list clips inside a project
    * `opusclip_describe_clip` — fetch a single clip's detail (transcript, layout, render status)
    * `opusclip_list_collections` — list collections
    * `opusclip_list_clips_in_collection` — list clips inside a collection
    * `opusclip_list_brand_templates` — list brand templates
    * `opusclip_list_social_accounts` — list connected social accounts
    * `opusclip_list_scheduled_posts` — list scheduled and recent posts (returns the `schedule_id` that unscheduling requires)
    * `opusclip_get_transcript` — fetch a project's source-video transcript
    * `opusclip_get_social_copy_job` — fetch a social copy job
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Write tools (14) — approval prompt per call, and four also need your confirmation in OpusClip">
    * `opusclip_submit_project` — clip a video from YouTube, Vimeo, Google Drive, Dropbox, Zoom, Loom, and other supported sources · consumes credits
    * `opusclip_create_upload_link` — get a signed URL to upload a local video
    * `opusclip_edit_clip` — apply named editing operations in one call: caption and emoji toggles, filler-word and pause removal, section trim / split / drop / reorder, phrase cut and caption fix, caption styling, text overlays, emoji placement, and undo · one preview re-render per call · see [Editing a clip](#editing-a-clip)
    * `opusclip_create_censor_job` — bleep or mask flagged content · consumes credits
    * `opusclip_create_collection` — create a collection
    * `opusclip_add_clip_to_collection` — add a clip to a collection
    * `opusclip_export_clip` — get one clip's HD download URL (ready / rendering / unavailable)
    * `opusclip_export_collection` — get HD download URLs for every clip in a collection
    * `opusclip_duplicate_clip` — copy a clip to `<title> (Copy)`; free, no re-render
    * `opusclip_create_social_copy_job` — generate platform-specific social copy
    * `opusclip_share_project` — **request** making a project publicly viewable · returns an approval link
    * `opusclip_create_post_task` — **request** posting a clip to a connected social account · returns an approval link
    * `opusclip_schedule_publish` — **request** scheduling a clip for a future time · returns an approval link
    * `opusclip_unschedule_publish` — **request** cancelling a scheduled post · returns an approval link
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Deprecated signposts (2) — no-ops kept for compatibility">
    * `opusclip_get_editing_script` — deprecated; returns no editing script, only a pointer to `opusclip_edit_clip`
    * `opusclip_apply_editing_script` — deprecated; applies nothing and re-renders nothing, only a pointer to `opusclip_edit_clip`

    Editing scripts were retired as a surface; `opusclip_edit_clip` is the only editing route. These two names remain so an agent holding an older tool list is redirected instead of hitting a hard error.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

`list_clips` and `describe_clip` return **preview** URLs only — the HD download URL comes from `export_clip` (one clip) or `export_collection` (a collection).

## Editing a clip

`opusclip_edit_clip` is the entire editing surface. It takes a list of named operations, applies them in order, and re-renders the preview **once** — so batching related edits into a single call is cheaper and faster than one call per change ("remove the filler words and turn the captions off" is two ops, one render).

| Group         | Operations                                                             | What they do                                                                                                                           |
| ------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Toggles       | `set_captions` · `set_emoji` · `set_keyword_highlight`                 | Turn captions, emoji, or keyword highlighting on and off                                                                               |
| Cleanup       | `remove_filler_words` · `remove_pauses`                                | Hard-cut *um / uh / like*, or silences at or above `minPauseSec` (default `0.5`s)                                                      |
| Structure     | `trim_section` · `split_section` · `drop_section` · `reorder_sections` | Reshape the clip section by section, addressed by 0-based index                                                                        |
| Transcript    | `delete_phrase` · `replace_phrase`                                     | Cut a spoken phrase from **both** the video and the captions, or fix caption wording in place without touching the video or its timing |
| Caption style | `set_style`                                                            | Caption colour, keyword-highlight colour, position, and upper-casing                                                                   |
| Text overlays | `add_text_overlay` · `set_text_overlay` · `remove_text_overlay`        | A title card, lower third, or outro laid over the video — the clip keeps its length                                                    |
| Emoji         | `remove_emoji` · `move_emoji`                                          | Act on one emoji at a time, picked by the moment it is on screen                                                                       |
| Undo          | `undo`                                                                 | Revert the previous `edit_clip` call                                                                                                   |

Removal ops shorten the clip; video, captions, and audio stay in sync. `dub` is the one operation this connector does not carry — it is voice generation, and it lives on the [MCP Server](/api-reference/agent-setup).

**Ask before editing.** Pass `dryRun: true` and the tool reports what the batch *would* do, saving and rendering nothing. With an empty `ops` array it becomes a capability query — *what does this clip actually have?* — which is the cheapest way for an agent to orient before it proposes an edit.

**See the result without waiting for the render.** Every result carries an `editor_deep_link`. Opening it shows the edited clip straight away, because the web editor rebuilds its preview from the saved edit rather than waiting on the render. The rendered preview follows asynchronously: the result returns `render_pending: true`, and `describe_clip` reports when it clears. No HD render is started — HD renders on demand at `export_clip`.

**Undo has a 72-hour window.** `undo` must be the only operation in the call, and calling it twice redoes. It is refused if the clip changed after that edit — a save from the web editor, for example — so newer work is never discarded.

## Try it

**Get clips from a video**

> Clip this YouTube video and give me the top 5 best clips
> `https://youtube.com/watch?v=...`

**Inline edits**

> Cut the filler words out of clip 3 and make the captions yellow.

> What could you change about clip 2? Don't edit it yet.

**Publish**

> Schedule my latest clip to post tomorrow at 9am.

The agent prepares the schedule and hands back a confirmation link. Open it, check the clip, account, time, and caption, and confirm — the post is scheduled at that moment, not before.

## Troubleshooting

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="OAuth fails or returns 'No matching client'">
    Sign in with the same identity provider used to create the OpusClip account (email, Google, or Apple).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Tools return 'API access not enabled for this org'">
    The org does not have the API entitlement. Pro Beta and Max orgs receive it automatically. Otherwise, [contact sales](https://www.opus.pro/contact-api).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Which org does the connector use for a multi-org user?">
    The one you picked on the OAuth consent screen when you connected. It is fixed for the life of the connection, and no tool can switch it. To act in a different org, disconnect the connector and reconnect, choosing that org while signing in. `whoami` reports the current one.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="The agent says it posted something, but nothing appeared">
    Check whether it handed you an approval link. Nothing is posted, scheduled, or shared until you open that link and confirm. If the link has expired, ask the agent to make the request again — it will return a fresh one.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="The approval link says the request cannot be found">
    Approval links work only for the account that made the request, and only while signed in to that account. If you are signed in as someone else, or the link belongs to a colleague's conversation, it reads as not found. Links also expire — see [Publishing requires your confirmation](#publishing-requires-your-confirmation).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="401 errors keep firing">
    Hosts refresh tokens automatically. If refresh fails persistently, remove the connector and re-add it.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="403 or 429 responses">
    `403` indicates the monthly cap (`15h` / `900` credits per workspace) has been hit. The cap resets on the first day of the next month (UTC). `429` indicates the concurrent-project limit (`4`) has been hit and clears as in-flight projects finish. See [Limitations](/api-reference/limitation).
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

Tools consume credits and inherit the Pro Beta & Max caps (`15h` monthly, `10`-credit per-project floor, `4` concurrent projects). For the four tools that need your confirmation, credits are spent when you confirm, not when the agent calls the tool. See [Limitations](/api-reference/limitation).

## What's next

* Using Cursor, Cline, Claude Code, or another MCP host? See the [MCP Server](/api-reference/agent-setup).
* Prefer an API-key code package? See the [Skill](/api-reference/skill).
* Need higher limits? [Contact sales](https://www.opus.pro/contact-api).


# Create a Censor Job
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/censor-job/censor-job

POST /api/censor-jobs
You can create a censor job to process a specific clip by making a `POST` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/censor-jobs`.



# Get Censor Job Status
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/censor-job/censor-job-status

GET /api/censor-jobs/{jobId}
You can get the censor job status by making a `GET` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/censor-jobs/{jobId}`.



# Add a Clip to a Collection
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/collection-contents/create-collection-content

POST /api/collection-contents
You can add a clip to an existing collection by making a `POST` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/collection-contents`.



# Remove a Clip from a Collection
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/collection-contents/delete-collection-content-by-condition

POST /api/collection-contents/delete-collection-contents
You can add a clip to an existing collection by making a `POST` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/collection-contents/delete-collection-contents`.



# Create a Collection
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/collections/create-collection

POST /api/collections
You can create collections to organize your clips by making a `POST` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/collections`

## Related Schemas

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Collection Schema" icon="code" href="/api-reference/schemas/collection">
    Reference the underlying collection object returned by collection APIs.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Create Collection Response" icon="code" href="/api-reference/schemas/collection-response">
    View the full response schema for creating a collection.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Delete a Collection
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/collections/delete-collection

DELETE /api/collections/{collectionId}
You can delete an existing collection by making a `DELETE` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/collections/{collectionId}`. Clips in the collection won't be deleted.



# Export Clips from a Collection
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/collections/export-collection

POST /api/collections/{collectionId}/export
You can export all the clips from an existing collection by making a `POST` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/collections/{collectionId}/export` 

 💡Notice: Don't forget to add `{}` to your post body



# Get Collections
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/collections/get-collections

GET /api/collections
You can get all the collections you have created by making a `GET` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/collections`.

## Related Schemas

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Collection Schema" icon="code" href="/api-reference/schemas/collection">
    Reference the collection object included in the list response.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Get Collections Response" icon="code" href="/api-reference/schemas/get-collections-response">
    View the full response schema for listing collections.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Create a New Project
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/create-project

Submit a long-form video to create a new clipping project.

### Introduction

OpusClip identifies the most compelling hooks, extracts highlights from different parts of your video, and arranges them into viral shorts.

The body of the `POST /clip-projects` endpoint has 9 main components:

* [Video URL](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#video-url)
* [Brand Template Selection](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#brand-templates)
* [Curation Preferences](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#curation-preferences)
* [Render Preferences](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#render-preferences)
* [Import Preferences](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#import-preferences)
* [Conclusion Actions](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#conclusion-actions)
* [Curation Model](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#curation-model)
* [Uploaded Video Attributes](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#uploaded-video-attributes)
* [Response Schema](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#response-schema)

***

### Video URL

This parameter defines the URL of the long-form video. OpusClip can import public videos from the following platforms:

* `Apple Podcast`, `YouTube`, `Google Drive`, `Vimeo`, `Zoom`, `Zoom Clips`, `Rumble`, `Twitch`, `Facebook`, `LinkedIn`, `X`, `Dropbox`, `Riverside`, `Loom`, `Frame.io`, `StreamYard`, [Medal.tv](https://medal.tv/)
* Any public video S3 link of an MP4 file

```bash theme={"dark"}
curl --request POST \
  --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
  --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
  --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  --data '{
  "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes"
}'
```

<Tip>Ensure you replace `API_KEY` with your actual API key.</Tip>

***

#### Brand Templates

We offer an option to customize the appearance of your clips by `brand template`.

* If a brand template is specified, relevant render preferences will be applied.
* It is recommended to define your brand templates within the OpusClip [<u>dashboard</u>](https://clip.opus.pro/dashboard) and set your default template.
* If a brand template not defined, the default template on your account will be used automatically.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Customizing Brand Templates" icon="gear" href="/api-reference/brand-template#customizing-brand-templates">
    For a high level of customization, you can create and manage your brand
    templates.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Using Preset Brand Templates" icon="gauge" href="/api-reference/brand-template#using-preset-brand-templates">
    Not familiar with it? No worries, we provide popular templates for your
    convenience.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

For example, to use the `Karaoke` brand template:

```bash theme={"dark"}
curl --request POST \
  --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
  --header 'Authorization Bearer <API_KEY>' \
  --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  --data '{
    "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
    "brandTemplateId": "preset-fancy-Karaoke"
  }'
```

<Tip>Ensure you replace `API_KEY` with your actual API key.</Tip>

### Curation Preferences

Curation preferences define how your long-form video should be curated. Here you can define:

* The duration of the resulting clips
* The genre of the video
* Topic keywords that you want to prioritize clipping for
* The curation model you prefer to use
* Whether to add an AI-generated headline to your clips
* Whether to skip the clipping process entirely

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Curation Preferences Schema" icon="paperclip" href="/api-reference/schemas/curation-preferences">
    Please refer to the curation preferences schema for more details.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

<Tip>
  ✨ **New Feature: ClipAnything** ✨

  Curious to try **ClipAnything**? Click [<u>here</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#curation-model) to learn more!

  You can also explore different examples by switching tabs between `ClipBasic` and `ClipAnything`.
</Tip>

<Note>
  **Skip Clipping**: You can bypass the clipping process entirely by setting `skipCurate: true` in your curation preferences. This is useful when you want to upload and process the original video without clipping it. We also support and will continue to maintain `skipSlicing: true` for the same purpose.

  ```json theme={"dark"}
  curationPref: {
      skipCurate: true
  }
  ```
</Note>

<Note>
  **`range` (optional)** restricts curation to a time window of the source
  video. When provided, both `startSec` and `endSec` are required, measured in
  **seconds**, with `startSec < endSec`. To clip the **whole video, omit
  `range` entirely** rather than sending an empty (`"range": {}`) or partial
  object.
</Note>

<Note>
  **Auto headline**: `enableAutoHook` controls the AI-generated headline shown
  over the first seconds of a clip. It is **disabled by default** for projects
  created through the API — omit it, or send `false`, and no headline is added.
  Set it to `true` to opt in. It only applies to a clipping run, so it has no
  effect together with `skipCurate` or `skipSlicing`.

  ```json theme={"dark"}
  curationPref: {
      enableAutoHook: true
  }
  ```
</Note>

<Note>
  **`forceStrategy` (optional, advanced)** pins curation to an explicit
  strategy instead of letting OpusClip auto-select one for your video.
  [Talk to our support team](https://www.opus.pro/contact-support) to learn how
  to use it.
</Note>

Example:

<CodeGroup>
  ```bash ClipBasic theme={"dark"}
  curl --request POST \
    --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
    --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
    --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
    --data '{
    "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
    "uploadedVideoAttr": {
      "title": "AI Agents: The Future of Work?"
    },
    "curationPref": {
      "model":"ClipBasic",
      "clipDurations": [
       [
          0,
          180
        ]
      ],
      "genre": "Auto",
      "topicKeywords": [
        "OpusClip"
      ],
      "range": {
        "startSec": 105,
        "endSec": 300
      }
    }
  }'
  ```

  ```bash ClipAnything theme={"dark"}
  curl --request POST \
    --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
    --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
    --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
    --data '{
    "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
    "uploadedVideoAttr": {
      "title": "AI Agents: The Future of Work?"
    },
    "curationPref": {
      "model":"ClipAnything",
      "clipDurations": [
       [
          0,
          90
        ]
      ],
      "genre": "Auto",
      "customPrompt": "OpusClip",
      "range": {
        "startSec": 105,
        "endSec": 300
      }
    }
  }'
  ```

  ```bash Skip Clipping theme={"dark"}
  curl --request POST \
    --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
    --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
    --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
    --data '{
    "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
    "uploadedVideoAttr": {
      "title": "AI Agents: The Future of Work?"
    },
    "curationPref": {
      "skipCurate": true
    }
  }'
  ```
</CodeGroup>

<Tip>Ensure you replace `API_KEY` with your actual API key.</Tip>

***

### Render Preferences

Render preferences allow you to customize how your clips are rendered, including layout options, caption settings, and audio processing features.

#### Layout Aspect Ratio

You can initiate a clip project and define the desired layout aspect ratio (such as portrait, landscape, square) by including it in the renderPref field of your request to the Opus API.
Example:

```bash theme={"dark"}
curl --request POST \
  --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
  --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
  --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  --data '{
    "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
    "uploadedVideoAttr": {
      "title": "AI Agents: The Future of Work?"
    },
    "renderPref": {
      "layoutAspectRatio": "square"
    }
  }'
```

#### Remove Filler Words

You can automatically remove filler words (such as "um", "uh", "like", etc.) from your video clips to create cleaner, more professional content. This feature is available via the Quickstart API configuration.

Example:

```bash theme={"dark"}
curl --request POST \
  --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
  --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
  --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  --data '{
    "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
    "uploadedVideoAttr": {
      "title": "AI Agents: The Future of Work?"
    },
    "renderPref": {
      "quickstartConfig": {
        "enableRemoveFillerWords": true
      }
    }
  }'
```

<Tip>Ensure you replace `API_KEY` with your actual API key.</Tip>

***

### Import Preferences

Import preferences let you define the language of the original video. OpusClip supports videos in `20+ languages`.

By default, the video language is automatically detected.
It is recommended that if your video is not in English, you should specify the language.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Video Languages Supported" icon="globe" href="/docs/article/video-languages-supported">
    Please refer to the list of supported languages.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

Example

```bash theme={"dark"}
curl --request POST \
  --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
  --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
  --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  --data '{
  "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
  "uploadedVideoAttr": {
    "title": "AI Agents: The Future of Work?"
  },
  "importPreference": {
    "sourceLang": "de"
  }
}'
```

<Tip>
  Ensure you replace `API_KEY` with your actual API key.

  <br />

  Ensure you fill in `sourceLang` with language code.
</Tip>

***

### Conclusion Actions

Conclusion actions allow you to call a webhook or email a specific person when your results are ready.

<Tip>
  You can explore different examples of using webhooks or email notifications by
  switching tabs below.
</Tip>

<Note>
  Every `WEBHOOK` delivery is signed with the `X-Opus-Signature`, `X-Opus-Salt`, and
  `X-Opus-Timestamp` headers so your server can confirm it genuinely came from Opus. Verify the
  signature before trusting the payload — see [**Securing your webhook**](/api-reference/webhook#securing-your-webhook).
</Note>

<CodeGroup>
  ```bash Webhook theme={"dark"}
  curl --request POST \
  --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
  --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
  --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  --data '{
      "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
      "uploadedVideoAttr": {
        "title": "AI Agents: The Future of Work?"
      },
      "conclusionActions": [
  {
      "type": "WEBHOOK",
      "notifyFailure": true,
      "url": "https://webhook.site/#!/view/d3ba169d-f9eb-4c78-a229-771eab9d6e67"
  }
      ]
  }'
  ```

  ```bash Email theme={"dark"}
  curl --request POST \
  --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
  --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
      --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
      --data '{
          "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
          "uploadedVideoAttr": {
            "title": "AI Agents: The Future of Work?"
          },
          "conclusionActions": [
      {
          "type": "EMAIL",
          "notifyFailure": false,
          "email": "opusclip@opus.pro"
      }
          ]
      }'
  ```

  ```bash Both theme={"dark"}
  curl --request POST \
  --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
  --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
      --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
      --data '{
          "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
          "uploadedVideoAttr": {
            "title": "AI Agents: The Future of Work?"
          },
          "conclusionActions": [
      {
          "type": "WEBHOOK",
          "notifyFailure": true,
          "url": "https://webhook.site/#!/view/d3ba169d-f9eb-4c78-a229-771eab9d6e67"
      },
      {
          "type": "EMAIL",
          "notifyFailure": false,
          "email": "opusclip@opus.pro"
      }
          ]
      }'
  ```
</CodeGroup>

<Tip>Ensure you replace `API_KEY` with your actual API key.</Tip>

***

### Curation Model

Curate video clips using either `ClipBasic` or `ClipAnything`, depending on your needs.

* `ClipBasic` is optimized for **talking-head videos**, providing precise scene selection.
* `ClipAnything` is our most **advanced and versatile** model, capable of extracting key moments from **any video type**, including vlogs, sports, TV shows, behind-the-scenes footage, news, music videos, and more.

When to Use `ClipAnything`?

> `ClipAnything` is ideal when you need advanced scene selection beyond talking-head videos. It utilizes **multimodal reasoning, natural language prompts, and deep scene analysis** to curate the most relevant moments based on **objects, actions, emotions, and genre**.

For more information about `ClipAnything`, refer to the link below.

<Card title="What is ClipAnything" icon="paperclip" href="/docs/article/9947095-clip-anything">
  Explore the ClipAnything wiki for more details.
</Card>

Model Selection & Parameters

> By default, `ClipBasic` is used. To switch to `ClipAnything`, update your **Curation Preferences**.
>
> * The `topicKeywords` parameter is **only applicable to `ClipBasic`**.
> * The `customPrompt` parameter is **exclusively available with `ClipAnything`**.

For details on configuring curation settings, refer to the link below.

<Card title="Curation Preferences Schema" icon="paperclip" href="/api-reference/schemas/curation-preferences">
  View the curation preferences schema for more details.
</Card>

Example:

> You can explore different examples of using `ClipBasic` and `ClipAnything` by switching tabs below.

<CodeGroup>
  ```bash ClipBasic theme={"dark"}
  curl --request POST \
    --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
    --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
    --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
    --data '{
    "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
    "uploadedVideoAttr": {
      "title": "AI Agents: The Future of Work?"
    },
    "curationPref": {
      "model":"ClipBasic",
      "clipDurations": [
       [
          0,
          180
        ]
      ],
      "genre": "Auto",
      "topicKeywords": [
          "OpusClip"
      ]
    }
  }'
  ```

  ```bash ClipAnything theme={"dark"}
  curl --request POST \
    --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
    --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
    --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
    --data '{
    "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
    "uploadedVideoAttr": {
      "title": "AI Agents: The Future of Work?"
    },
    "curationPref": {
      "model":"ClipAnything",
      "clipDurations": [
       [
          0,
          90
        ]
      ],
      "genre": "Auto",
      "customPrompt": "Compile all the hilarious moments",
    }
  }'
  ```
</CodeGroup>

### Playground

<Card title="Generate Code Snippet" icon="code" href="/api-reference/playground/create-project">
  You can use this code generator to generate code snippets easily.
</Card>

***

### Uploaded Video Attributes

You can set custom attributes for your uploaded video, including a custom title for your project.

* `title`: Set a custom title for your clipping project

Example:

```bash theme={"dark"}
curl --request POST \
  --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
  --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
  --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  --data '{
  "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
  "uploadedVideoAttr": {
    "title": "YOUR_TITLE"
  }
}'
```

<Tip>
  Ensure you replace `API_KEY` with your actual API key and `YOUR_TITLE` with
  your desired project title.
</Tip>

***

### Response Schema

<Card title="API Response Schema" icon="code" href="/api-reference/schemas/project-representation">
  For more details of response, please refer to the API response schema.
</Card>


# Create a Thumbnail Job
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/generative-jobs/create-thumbnail-job

POST /api/generative-jobs
Create an asynchronous thumbnail generation job by making a `POST` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/generative-jobs`. Returns a `jobId` to poll. Charges 7 credits when the job completes successfully; refunds on failure.

<Note>
  **Experimental.** Subject to change; daily caps apply and the endpoint may be temporarily disabled via a runtime kill switch. Currently published jobType: `thumbnail`.
</Note>


# Get a Generative Job
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/generative-jobs/get-generative-job

GET /api/generative-jobs/{jobId}
Poll an asynchronous generative job by making a `GET` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/generative-jobs/{jobId}`. Returns status, progress, and result for jobs created via `POST /api/generative-jobs`.

<Note>
  **Experimental.** Polling cadence: client-driven; respect rate limits.
</Note>


# Get Brand Templates
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/get-brand-templates

Retrieve a list of brand templates available for your organization.

### Introduction

The `GET /api/brand-templates` endpoint returns a list of brand templates that are available for use in your projects. Each template is associated with a unique ID that you can use to reference it in your project.

### Request Parameters

* `q` (required): Query type, must be `mine`.

### Example

```bash theme={"dark"}
curl --request GET \
  --url 'https://api.opus.pro/api/brand-templates?q=mine' \
  --header 'Authorization: <API_KEY>'
```

<Tip>
  Ensure you replace `API_KEY` with your actual API key.
</Tip>

### Playground

<Card title="Generate Code Snippet" icon="code" href="/api-reference/playground/get-brand-templates">
  You can use this code generator to generate code snippets easily.
</Card>

### Response Schema

<Card title="API Response Schema" icon="code" href="/api-reference/schemas/brand-template-representation">
  For more details of response, please refer to the API response schema.
</Card>


# Get Clips
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/get-clips

GET /api/exportable-clips
Retrieve a list of clips for a specific project.

### Introduction

The `GET /api/exportable-clips` endpoint returns a list of clips that are available for use in your projects. Each clip is associated with a unique ID that you can use to reference it in your project.

### Request Parameters

* `q` (required): Query type, must be one of `findByProjectId` `findByCollectionId`.
* `projectId` (required when q=`findByProjectId`): The unique identifier of the project.
* `collectionId` (required when q=`findByCollectionId`): The unique identifier of the collection.

### Example

```bash theme={"dark"}
curl --request GET \
  --url 'https://api.opus.pro/api/exportable-clips?q=findByProjectId&projectId=<PROJECT_ID>' \
  --header 'Authorization: <API_KEY>' \
  --header 'x-opus-org-id: <ORG_ID>'
```

<Tip>
  Ensure you replace `API_KEY`, `PROJECT_ID`, and `ORG_ID` with your actual values.
</Tip>

### Playground

<Card title="Generate Code Snippet" icon="code" href="/api-reference/playground/get-clips">
  Use this code generator to easily create code snippets.
</Card>

### Response Schema

<Card title="API Response Schema" icon="code" href="/api-reference/schemas/clip-representation">
  For more details of response, please refer to the API response schema.
</Card>


# Share a Project
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/share-project

Share the project with other users by updating the project's visibility settings.

### Introduction

The `POST /api/clip-projects/{projectId}/update-visibility` endpoint allows you to share a project with other users by updating the project's visibility settings.
You can set the visibility of the project to `PUBLIC` to allow any users to view, edit and export the project.

### Request Parameters

* `projectId` (required): The unique identifier of the project.

### Request Body

* `visibility` (required): The visibility setting for the project. Must be one of `DEFAULT` or `PUBLIC`.

### Example

```bash theme={"dark"}
curl --request POST \
  --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects/<PROJECT_ID>/update-visibility \
  --header 'Authorization: <API_KEY>' \
  --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  --data '{
  "visibility": "PUBLIC"
}'
```

<Tip>
  Ensure you replace `API_KEY` and `PROJECT_ID` with your actual values.
</Tip>

### Playground

<Card title="Generate Code Snippet" icon="code" href="/api-reference/playground/share-project">
  Use this code generator to easily create code snippets.
</Card>

### Response Schema

<Card title="API Response Schema" icon="code" href="/api-reference/schemas/project-representation">
  For more details of response, please refer to the API response schema.
</Card>


# Cancel a Scheduled Post
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/cancel-scheduled-post

DELETE /api/publish-schedules/{scheduleId}
You can cancel a scheduled social post by making a `DELETE` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/publish-schedules/{scheduleId}`.



# Create a Social Copy Generation Job
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/create-social-copy-job

POST /api/social-copy-jobs
You can start a social copy generation job by making a `POST` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/social-copy-jobs`.



# Get Social Accounts
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/get-social-accounts

GET /api/social-accounts
You can retrieve the social accounts connected to your Opus organization by making a `GET` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/social-accounts`.



# Get Social Copy Generation Result
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/get-social-copy-job

GET /api/social-copy-jobs/{jobId}
You can retrieve the result of a social copy generation job by making a `GET` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/social-copy-jobs/{jobId}`.



# Social Posting
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/overview

Connect social accounts, generate social copy, publish clips instantly, or schedule them for later.

### Introduction

The social posting APIs let you take an Opus clip that already exists and distribute it to connected channels without leaving your workflow.

### Workflow

Use the following workflow when you want to turn completed clips into social posts.

<Steps>
  <Step title="Step 1: Get Social Accounts">
    Call [<u>Get Social Accounts</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/get-social-accounts) first so you know which connected destinations are available and which `postAccountId` and `subAccountId` values to use later.

    ```bash theme={"dark"}
    curl --request GET \
    --url 'https://api.opus.pro/api/social-accounts?q=mine' \
    --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>'
    ```
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 2: Create a Project">
    Submit your source video with [<u>Create a New Project</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project). This starts the normal Opus clipping workflow and returns a `projectId`.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 3: Wait for Project Completion">
    Wait for the project-completed callback from OpusClip, or otherwise confirm the project has finished processing before you try to fetch exportable clips.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 4: Fetch Clips">
    After the project is complete, call [<u>Get Clips</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/get-clips) to retrieve the clips created for that `projectId`.

    ```bash theme={"dark"}
    curl --request GET \
    --url 'https://api.opus.pro/api/exportable-clips?q=findByProjectId&projectId=<PROJECT_ID>' \
    --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
    --header 'x-opus-org-id: <ORG_ID>'
    ```

    <Warning>
      The `id` field in the response is a composite `{projectId}.{clipId}` (e.g. `P0000000demo.CUexample1`). The social-posting endpoints in the following steps expect the **bare** `clipId` (e.g. `CUexample1`) — strip everything up to and including the dot before passing it to `POST /api/social-copy-jobs`, `POST /api/post-tasks`, or `POST /api/publish-schedules`. Use the `curationId` field if you prefer not to parse the `id`.
    </Warning>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 5: Generate Social Copy">
    For each clip and each selected social destination, call [<u>Create a Social Copy Generation Job</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/create-social-copy-job), then poll [<u>Get Social Copy Generation Result</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/get-social-copy-job) until the job status is `COMPLETED`.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 6: Publish or Schedule">
    If the post should go out immediately, call [<u>Publish a Post Instantly</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/publish-post). If it should go out later, call [<u>Schedule a Post</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/schedule-post) with a future UTC timestamp.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 7: Cancel a Scheduled Post">
    If a scheduled post needs to be withdrawn before publish time, call [<u>Cancel a Scheduled Post</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/cancel-scheduled-post) with the `scheduleId` returned by the scheduling call.
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Supported Platforms

Connected accounts may report one of these platform values:

* `YOUTUBE`: YouTube channel
* `TIKTOK_BUSINESS`: TikTok account
* `FACEBOOK_PAGE`: Facebook account
* `INSTAGRAM_BUSINESS`: Instagram account
* `LINKEDIN`: LinkedIn account
* `TWITTER`: X (formerly Twitter) account

### Rate Limits

* `GET /api/social-accounts`: `10 req/s`
* `POST /api/social-copy-jobs`: `1 req/s`
* `GET /api/social-copy-jobs/{jobId}`: `10 req/s`
* `POST /api/post-tasks`: `1 req/s`
* `POST /api/publish-schedules`: `1 req/s`
* `DELETE /api/publish-schedules/{scheduleId}`: `1 req/s`

### Credit Consumption for X

When posting clips to `X`, each post consumes `1` credit.

This applies to:

* instant publishing with `POST /api/post-tasks`
* scheduled publishing with `POST /api/publish-schedules`

### Endpoints

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Get Social Accounts" icon="code" href="/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/get-social-accounts">
    List the connected social destinations available for posting.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Create Social Copy Job" icon="code" href="/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/create-social-copy-job">
    Generate post copy for a clip with optional tone guidance.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Get Social Copy Result" icon="code" href="/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/get-social-copy-job">
    Poll a social copy job until the generated content is ready.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Publish Instantly" icon="code" href="/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/publish-post">
    Publish a clip immediately to a connected social account.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Schedule a Post" icon="code" href="/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/schedule-post">
    Queue a clip for future publishing with a UTC timestamp.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Cancel a Scheduled Post" icon="code" href="/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/cancel-scheduled-post">
    Cancel an existing scheduled publish task.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Publish a Post
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/publish-post

POST /api/post-tasks
You can publish a clip immediately by making a `POST` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/post-tasks`.



# Schedule a Post
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/schedule-post

POST /api/publish-schedules
You can schedule a clip for future publishing by making a `POST` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/publish-schedules`.



# Get a Source-Video Transcript
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/transcripts/get-transcript

GET /api/transcripts
Fetch the trimmed source-video transcript for a project by making a `GET` request to `https://api.opus.pro/api/transcripts?q=findByProjectId&projectId=...`. Returns paragraphs with start/end times in seconds, text, optional speaker, and per-word timings. ASR internals (seek, tokens, log-probabilities, etc.) are stripped.

<Note>
  For API callers on a range-limited project, paragraphs are filtered to the **billed curation range** (the portion the user paid to clip). Internal callers and full-source submissions get the full transcript.
</Note>

## Related Schemas

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="TranscriptExportParagraph" icon="code" href="/api-reference/schemas/transcript-export-paragraph">
    Reference the paragraph object returned in the transcript.
  </Card>

  <Card title="TranscriptExportWord" icon="code" href="/api-reference/schemas/transcript-export-word">
    Reference the per-word timing object inside each paragraph.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Upload Video and Create Clip Project
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/endpoints/upload-video-create-project

Upload a video file to Google Cloud Storage and create a clip project using the Opus API.

## Overview

This guide outlines the step-by-step process to upload a video file to Google Cloud Storage (GCS) using the Opus API and subsequently create a clip project. This includes generating an upload link, initiating a resumable upload session, uploading a video, and creating a clip project using that uploaded file.

***

## Authentication

All API requests require an API key:

```
Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>
```

<Tip>
  Replace `<API_KEY>` with your valid API token.
</Tip>

***

## Step 1: Generate Upload Link

### Endpoint

```
POST https://api.opus.pro/api/upload-links
```

### Headers

```
Accept: application/json
Content-Type: application/json
Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>
```

### Request Body

```json theme={"dark"}
{
  "video": {
    "usecase": "LocalUpload"
  }
}
```

### Response Example

```json theme={"dark"}
{
  "url": "https://storage.googleapis.com/ext.gcs.opus.pro/upload/org_000000000/google-upload",
  "uploadId": "abc123xyz456",
  "dnsUrl": "https://api.opus.pro",
  "useAmount": 0,
  "totalAmount": 107974182498
}
```

### cURL Example

```bash theme={"dark"}
curl --request POST \
  --url https://api.opus.pro/api/upload-links \
  --header 'Accept: application/json' \
  --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
  --data '{
    "video": {
      "usecase": "LocalUpload"
    }
  }'
```

***

## Step 2: Initiate Resumable Upload Session

### Endpoint

```
POST <url_from_previous_step>
```

### Headers

```
x-goog-resumable: start
Content-Length: 0
```

### Request Body

(empty)

<Note>
  * Replace `<url_from_previous_step>` with the `url` received from Step 1
  * No response body is returned
  * Look for the `location` header in the response which contains the resumable upload URL
</Note>

### Example Response Headers

```
HTTP/2 201
x-goog-resumable-upload-id: AAkIAwy-YC6V...
location: https://storage.googleapis.com/ext.gcs.opus.pro/upload/org_000000000/google-upload
```

### cURL Example

```bash theme={"dark"}
curl --request POST \
  --url "<url_from_previous_step>" \
  --header 'x-goog-resumable: start' \
  --header 'Content-Length: 0' \
  --verbose
```

***

## Step 3: Upload Video File

### Endpoint

```
PUT <resumable_upload_location>
```

### Headers

```
Content-Type: application/octet-stream
```

### Upload File

Use the `--upload-file` option with your actual video file (e.g., `test.mp4`).

### cURL Example

```bash theme={"dark"}
curl -X PUT -v \
  -H "Content-Type: application/octet-stream" \
  --upload-file test.mp4 \
  "<location>"
```

<Tip>
  Replace `<location>` with the `location` URL from Step 2 response headers.
</Tip>

***

## Step 4: Create Clip Project

### Endpoint

```
POST https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects
```

### Headers

```
Accept: application/json
Content-Type: application/json
Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>
```

### Response Headers

```
...other headers
x-opus-upload-id: <source_id_from_upload_source>
```

### Request Body

```json theme={"dark"}
{
  "videoUrl": "<uploadId>",
  "conclusionActions": [
    {
      "type": "EMAIL",
      "notifyFailure": true,
      "email": "opusclip@opus.pro"
    }
  ],
  "curationPref": {
    "range": {
      "startSec": 28,
      "endSec": 636
    },
    "clipDurations": [
      [
        0,
        90
      ]
    ],
    "topicKeywords": [
      "OpusClip"
    ],
    "genre": "Auto",
    "skipCurate": false
  },
  "importPref": {
    "sourceLang": "auto"
  },
  "brandTemplateId": "preset-fancy-Karaoke"
}
```

### cURL Example

```bash theme={"dark"}
curl --request POST \
  --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
  --header 'Accept: application/json' \
  --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
  --data '{
    "videoUrl": "<uploadId>",
    "conclusionActions": [
      {
        "type": "EMAIL",
        "notifyFailure": true,
        "email": "opusclip@opus.pro"
      }
    ],
    "curationPref": {
      "range": {
        "startSec": 28,
        "endSec": 636
      },
      "clipDurations": [
        [
          0,
          90
        ]
      ],
      "topicKeywords": [
        "OpusClip"
      ],
      "genre": "Auto",
      "skipCurate": false
    },
    "importPref": {
      "sourceLang": "auto"
    },
    "brandTemplateId": "preset-fancy-Karaoke"
  }'
```

<Note>
  **`forceStrategy` (optional, advanced)** pins curation to an explicit
  strategy instead of letting OpusClip auto-select one.
  [Talk to our support team](https://www.opus.pro/contact-support) to learn how
  to use it.
</Note>

<Note>
  * Replace `<uploadId>` with the ID returned in Step 1
</Note>

<Tip>
  For detailed explanations of the project-creation request body, refer to [Create a New Project](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project), which documents the `POST /api/clip-projects` API.
</Tip>

***

## Full Workflow Summary

<Steps>
  <Step title="Generate Upload Link">
    Get `url` and `uploadId` from the upload-links endpoint
  </Step>

  <Step title="Start Resumable Session">
    Get `location` from response headers using the `url` from Step 1
  </Step>

  <Step title="Upload Video File">
    Upload your video file to the `location` from Step 2
  </Step>

  <Step title="Create Clip Project">
    Create a new clip project using the `uploadId` from Step 1
  </Step>
</Steps>

***

## Related Endpoints

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="POST /api/clip-projects" icon="plus" href="/api-reference/endpoints/create-project">
    Refer to the full API reference for creating a clip project.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Get Clips" icon="video" href="/api-reference/endpoints/get-clips">
    Retrieve clips from your created projects
  </Card>
</CardGroup>


# Limitations
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/limitation



## Credits

Ensure your account has sufficient credits to process the video before submitting a new project. When posting clips to `X` (formerly Twitter) through the social posting APIs, each post consumes `1` credit. Learn more about credits [<u>here</u>](/docs/article/how-are-credits-consumed).

## Rate Limit

The standard OpusClip API rate limit is `30` requests per minute per API key for the core project and clip APIs. Exceeding this limit will result in a `429` status code response.

### Monthly API Cap

The **Pro Beta** and **Max** plans include **15 hours** / **900 credits** of API usage per calendar month, per workspace. **Business** plans follow your contract.

When you have used **900 credits**, the API returns **`403`** (not `429`) so agent frameworks do not retry in a loop. Your API access resumes on the **first day of the next month (UTC)**, or you can [contact sales](https://www.opus.pro/contact-api) to upgrade. The OpusClip **web app** stays fully usable while the API is capped.

**Cap-hit response**

```json theme={"dark"}
{
  "code": "API_MONTHLY_CAP_REACHED",
  "reset_at": "2026-06-01T00:00:00Z",
  "upgrade_url": "https://www.opus.pro/contact-api"
}
```

### Social Posting Rate Limits

Social posting APIs use their own per-endpoint rate limits.

Refer to [<u>Social Posting Rate Limits</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/overview#rate-limits) for the current limits for:

* `GET /api/social-accounts`
* `POST /api/social-copy-jobs`
* `GET /api/social-copy-jobs/{jobId}`
* `POST /api/post-tasks`
* `POST /api/publish-schedules`
* `DELETE /api/publish-schedules/{scheduleId}`

## Video Duration & Size Limit

The maximum video duration is `10` hours, with a maximum file size of `30` GB.

## Storage Limit

By default, all projects expire in `30` days. If auto-save is enabled for your account, projects will be automatically saved to your storage. Learn more about storage [<u>here</u>](/docs/article/cloud-storage).

## Concurrency Limit

* **Pro Beta & Max:** up to **4** projects running simultaneously.
* **Business:** up to **50** projects running simultaneously.
* Exceeding your limit returns **`429`** with response header `X-Cap-Reason: concurrent`.
* The limit lifts as soon as any in-flight project finishes (usually within a minute or two for short clips).
* Retry-after-backoff is the correct pattern.

## API project minimum

API projects have a **10-credit minimum** (about **10 minutes** of clip time). Submissions through the OpusClip **web app** are not subject to this API-only minimum.

## Supported Languages

We support over 20 languages, please take a look at the list of supported languages [<u>here</u>](/docs/article/video-languages-supported).


# Overview
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/overview



The `OpusClip API` empowers you to **<u>transform long-form videos into viral, short-form clips</u>** tailored to your preferences—at scale.
With just a few steps, you can seamlessly integrate video transformation capabilities into your applications.
To begin using the OpusClip API, you will need an API key, which serves as your authentication credential.

The `OpusClip API` provides the following endpoints to streamline the video processing workflow.
Each submitted video is managed as a project, allowing you to track and organize your content efficiently.

## Quickstart

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Make your first API request" icon="gauge" href="/api-reference/quickstart">
    A complete guide to creating and querying projects and clips.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Create a Project" icon="file-code" href="/api-reference/endpoints/create-project">
    Detailed API documentation to create a new project.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Query Clips" icon="file-code" href="/api-reference/endpoints/get-clips">
    Fetch clip details with this API specification.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Brand Templates" icon="gauge" href="/api-reference/brand-template">
    Customize the appearance of your clips with brand templates.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Share a Project" icon="share" href="/api-reference/endpoints/share-project">
    Share your projects with others using this API endpoint.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Social Posting" icon="share" href="/api-reference/endpoints/social-posting/overview">
    Generate social copy and publish or schedule clips to connected accounts.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Webhook" icon="webhook" href="/api-reference/webhook">
    Receive real-time notifications from the API with webhooks.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Edit Clips" icon="pen" href="/api-reference/agent-setup">
    Trim and extend a clip and fix typos in captions.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

## Accessing the API & Requirements

After getting access to the OpusClip API, you can find your organization’s API access key in the lower left corner of the [<u>dashboard</u>](https://clip.opus.pro/dashboard).

API access is available on **Pro (Beta)**, **Max**, and **Business** plans. See [Limitations](/api-reference/limitation) for plan-specific limits.

<div>
  <video />
</div>

## Requirements

1. Generate an API key from your [<u>dashboard</u>](https://clip.opus.pro/dashboard).
2. Ensure you have sufficient credits. Remaining credits can be viewed in the credits tab in the top right corner of the dashboard.
3. Check your storage capacity. While we’re enhancing storage usage visibility, your account manager will keep you updated. Stay tuned!

## Limitations

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Credits" icon="wallet" href="/api-reference/limitation#credits">
    Ensure your account has sufficient credits to process the video before submitting a new project.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Rate Limit" icon="clock" href="/api-reference/limitation#rate-limit">
    The standard OpusClip API rate limit is `30` requests per minute per API key.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Social Posting Rate Limits" icon="share" href="/api-reference/limitation#social-posting-rate-limits">
    Social posting endpoints use separate per-endpoint rate limits.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Video Duration & Size Limit" icon="film" href="/api-reference/limitation#video-duration-size-limit">
    The maximum video duration is `10` hours, with a maximum file size of `30` GB.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Storage Limit" icon="database" href="/api-reference/limitation#storage-limit">
    By default, all projects expire in `30` days. If auto-save is enabled for your account, projects will be
    automatically saved to your storage.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Concurrency Limit" icon="users" href="/api-reference/limitation#concurrency-limit">
    **Pro Beta & Max:** up to `4` projects in parallel.
    **Business:** up to `50` projects in parallel.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Supported Languages" icon="globe" href="/api-reference/limitation#supported-languages">
    We support over 20 languages. Please take a look at the list of supported languages.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Monthly Cap (Pro Beta & Max)" icon="calendar" href="/api-reference/limitation#monthly-api-cap">
    Pro Beta and Max plans include 15 hours of API video per month. Business is per contract.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

## Essential Information

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Understand API Pricing" icon="wallet" href="/docs/article/how-are-credits-consumed">
    Learn how credits are calculated based on the length of your video submissions. 1 Credit = 1 minute of video
    processing.
  </Card>

  <Card title="How Storage Works" icon="database" href="/docs/article/cloud-storage">
    Discover flexible storage options tailored to different plans. Free trial and Pro plan users enjoy seamless
    cloud storage.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Help Center" icon="hand-holding-hand" href="/docs/article/introduction-to-opusclip">
    Before creating your first clips, log in to your account, set up your brand template, and connect your social
    accounts.
  </Card>

  <Card title="Per-project minimum (NEW)" icon="coins" href="/api-reference/limitation#api-project-minimum">
    API projects have a 10-credit minimum (about 10 minutes of clip time). Web submissions are unaffected.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

## Contact Us

For any inquiries regarding the API, please contact us through your dedicated VIP support group on Slack.


# Create a Censor Job
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/playground/censor-job

POST /api/censor-jobs
Create a censor job to censor words in a clip.

👆Use above tools to generate API request code snippets.


# Get Censor Job Status
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/playground/censor-job-status

GET /api/censor-jobs/{jobId}
Get the status of a censor job by its jobId.

👆Use above tools to generate API request code snippets.


# Create a New Project
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/playground/create-project

POST /api/clip-projects
Submit a long-form video to create a new clipping project.

👆Use above tools to generate API request code snippets.


# Get Brand Templates
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/playground/get-brand-templates

GET /api/brand-templates
Retrieve a list of brand templates.

👆Use above tools to generate API request code snippets.


# Get Clips
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/playground/get-clips

GET /api/exportable-clips
Retrieve a list of clips for a specific project.

👆Use above tools to generate API request code snippets.


# Share a Project
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/playground/share-project

POST /api/clip-projects/{projectId}/update-visibility
Share the project with other users by updating the project's visibility settings.

👆Use above tools to generate API request code snippets.


# Quickstart
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/quickstart



The OpusClip API allows users to transform long-form videos into short, viral clips using advanced AI.

Below is a quick guide to get started with the OpusClip API.

## Steps to Get Started

<Steps>
  <Step title="Step 1: Get API Key">
    Get your [API Key](/api-reference/overview#accessing-the-api) from the [<u>dashboard</u>](https://clip.opus.pro/dashboard)
    and include it in your request.

    <div>
      <video />
    </div>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 2: Customize Brand Template">
    Follow below steps to customize the appearance of your clips by `brand template`:

    <CardGroup>
      <Card title="Customizing Brand Templates" icon="gear" href="/api-reference/brand-template#customizing-brand-templates">
        For a high level of customization, you can create and manage your brand templates.
      </Card>

      <Card title="Using Preset Brand Templates" icon="gauge" href="/api-reference/brand-template#using-preset-brand-templates">
        Not familiar with it? No worries, we provide popular templates for your convenience.
      </Card>
    </CardGroup>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 3: Create a New Project">
    Use the [<u>Create a New Project</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project) endpoint.

    Provide the `videoUrl` and `API_KEY`, then run the following command to create a new project with minimal
    preferences:

    <CodeGroup>
      ```bash basic usage theme={"dark"}
      curl --request POST \
      --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
      --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
      --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
      --data '{
          "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes"
      }'
      ```

      ```bash advanced usage theme={"dark"}
      curl --request POST \
      --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects \
      --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
          --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
          --data '{
              "videoUrl": "https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tEXaoozFRes",
              "brandTemplateId": "preset-fancy-Karaoke",
              "curationPref": {
                "range": {
                  "startSec": 28,
                  "endSec": 636
                },
                "clipDurations": [
                  [0, 180]
                ],
                "topicKeywords": [
                  "OpusClip"
                ],
                "skipCurate": false,
                "genre": "Auto"
              },
              "importPref": {
                "sourceLang": "en"
              },
              "conclusionActions": [
                {
                    "type": "WEBHOOK",
                    "notifyFailure": true,
                    "url": "https://webhook.site/#!/view/d3ba169d-f9eb-4c78-a229-771eab9d6e67"
                },
                {
                    "type": "EMAIL",
                    "notifyFailure": false,
                    "email": "opusclip@opus.pro"
                }
              ]
          }'
      ```
    </CodeGroup>

    <Tip>
      You can customize the project creation request by providing additional preferences:

      * [<u>Brand Templates</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#brand-templates)
      * [<u>Curation Preferences</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#curation-preferences)
      * [<u>Import Preferences</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#import-preferences)
      * [<u>Conclusion Actions</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#conclusion-actions)
      * [<u>Curation Model</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#curation-model)

      Switch to the `advanced usage` tab above to see an example with all preferences.
    </Tip>
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 4: Get Clips">
    Use the [<u>Get Clips</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/get-clips) endpoint.
    Provide the `Project ID` returned from the project creation response.

    ```bash theme={"dark"}
    curl --request GET \
    --url 'https://api.opus.pro/api/exportable-clips?q=findByProjectId&projectId={projectId}' \
    --header 'Authorization: Bearer <API_KEY>' \
    --header 'x-opus-org-id: <ORG_ID>'
    ```
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 5: Share the Project">
    Use the [<u>Share a Project</u>](/api-reference/endpoints/share-project) endpoint to share the project you just
    created with others.

    ```bash theme={"dark"}
    curl --request POST \
    --url https://api.opus.pro/api/clip-projects/<PROJECT_ID>/update-visibility \
    --header 'Authorization: <API_KEY>' \
        --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
        --data '{
            "visibility": "PUBLIC"
        }'
    ```
  </Step>
</Steps>

## Using the Playground

You can use the 👉 [<u>Playground</u>](/api-reference/playground) to generate code snippets easily for the endpoints mentioned above.

<div>
  <video />
</div>


# Brand template representation
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/brand-template-representation





# Censor job request
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/censor-job-request





# Censor job response
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/censor-job-response





# Censor job status response
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/censor-job-status-response





# Clip representation
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/clip-representation





# [SCHEMA] Collection
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/collection





# Collection content response
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/collection-content-response





# Collection response
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/collection-response





# Curation preferences
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/curation-preferences





# Export collection response
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/export-collection-response





# Generative job create response
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/generative-job-create-response





# Generative job status response
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/generative-job-status-response





# Generative thumbnail job request
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/generative-thumbnail-job-request





# Get collections response
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/get-collections-response





# Import preferences
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/import-preferences



Please refer to the two character language code [<u>ISO 639</u>](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639_language_codes) for the list of supported languages.


# Project representation
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/project-representation





# Render preferences
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/render-preferences





# Simple success
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/simple-success





# Transcript export paragraph
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/transcript-export-paragraph





# Transcript export word
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/transcript-export-word





# Transcript response
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/schemas/transcript-response





# OpusClip Skill
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/skill



A code package the agent loads. It documents how to call the OpusClip API and includes worked samples the agent adapts at runtime.

Pro-tier API access is in **Beta**. The limits described on [Limitations](/api-reference/limitation) apply to **Pro Beta** and **Max** unless noted otherwise. Business customers have API access per their contract.

<Note>
  Prefer a hosted, OAuth-based integration with no API key handling? Use the [MCP Server](/api-reference/agent-setup) (Cursor, Cline, Claude Code, and other MCP hosts) or the [Claude Connector](/api-reference/claude-connector) (Claude.ai).
</Note>

## Install

Get an API key from the [OpusClip dashboard](https://clip.opus.pro/dashboard) under **API Access → Create key**. Set it in the shell that launches the agent:

```bash theme={"dark"}
export OPUSCLIP_API_KEY=sk-...
```

<Warning>
  Do not paste API keys into chat with the agent. Chat content can be retained in transcripts, logs, and model context. Set the key in the shell environment as shown above.
</Warning>

Install the skill in your host:

**Claude Code**

```text theme={"dark"}
/plugin marketplace add opus-pro/opus-skills
/plugin install opusclip@opus-skills
```

**Codex (CLI and App)**

```bash theme={"dark"}
codex plugin marketplace add opus-pro/opus-skills
```

**OpenClaw**

```bash theme={"dark"}
openclaw plugins install clawhub:opusclip-pro
```

**Claude.ai Web and Claude Cowork (Pro+ Anthropic subscription)**

* Clone the repository:

```bash theme={"dark"}
git clone https://github.com/opus-pro/opus-skills.git
```

* `cd skills && zip -r opusclip-skill.zip opusclip`
* Upload the zip at **Settings → Customize → Skills**.

**Other hosts with npx skills**

```bash theme={"dark"}
npx skills add opus-pro/opus-skills
```

## Verify installation

Start a new conversation and run:

> List my recent OpusClip projects

The agent should call the skill and return a list (or report that the API key is missing). If nothing happens, confirm the plugin loaded and that `OPUSCLIP_API_KEY` is set in the shell that launched the host.

## What's next

* Marketplace listing and security work at [skills.sh](https://skills.sh).
* Need higher limits? [Contact sales](https://www.opus.pro/contact-api).
* On a **Business** plan? Your custom limits live in your contract. Talk to your account manager for details.


# Webhook
Source: https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/webhook



Webhooks are a way for your application to receive real-time notifications from the API when a specific event occurs.
For example, you can use webhooks to receive notifications when a new `project` is created.

## Example

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Webhook for Project Creation" icon="webhook" href="/api-reference/endpoints/create-project#conclusion-actions">
    Create a new project and receive a webhook notification.
  </Card>
</CardGroup>

## Securing your webhook

Every webhook we send is signed so that your server can confirm it genuinely came from Opus
and was not modified in transit. The signature is built from a **secret key** that only you and
Opus share — it is never sent in the request.

<Note>
  **Your secret key is your Opus API secret key** (the `sk-…` value from your API settings).
  Opus signs each webhook with your organization's API secret key, so verify with that same
  value. If your organization has multiple API keys, the **first key created** is the one used
  for signing — keep it active, and if you rotate keys, update the secret on your server to
  match.
</Note>

Each POST request carries three headers:

| Header             | What it is                                                                              | Why it's there                                                                                                                                   |
| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| `X-Opus-Signature` | An HMAC-SHA256 hash of the request body combined with the salt, keyed with your secret. | **Authenticity & integrity** — only a party holding the secret can produce it, so a valid signature proves the payload is genuine and unaltered. |
| `X-Opus-Salt`      | 8 random bytes (hex), regenerated for every request.                                    | Mixed into the signed input so two identical payloads still produce different signatures.                                                        |
| `X-Opus-Timestamp` | The Unix time (in seconds) when the webhook was sent.                                   | Lets you reject obviously old deliveries. See the note on replay protection below.                                                               |

### How the signature is computed

We generate the value of `X-Opus-Signature` like this:

```
signature = HMAC-SHA256(secretKey, body + salt)
```

Where `secretKey` is your Opus API secret key (the `sk-…` value — see the note above), `body`
is the exact raw JSON request body, and `salt` is the value sent in `X-Opus-Salt`. Because the
salt is appended to the body before hashing, you must use the **raw body bytes** —
re-serializing the parsed JSON may change whitespace or key order and break the comparison.

<Note>
  The timestamp is **not** part of the signed input — only `body + salt` is hashed. The
  freshness check in Step 4 is therefore best-effort: it rejects stale deliveries, but a
  determined attacker who captures a request could replay it with a fresh timestamp. For
  strong replay protection, also record the `X-Opus-Salt` (or the signature) of each request
  you accept and reject any value you have already seen. See **Replay protection** below.
</Note>

### Verifying a webhook on your server

<Steps>
  <Step title="Step 1: Read the raw request body">
    Capture the request body exactly as received, before any JSON parsing. Also read the
    `X-Opus-Signature`, `X-Opus-Salt`, and `X-Opus-Timestamp` headers.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 2: Recompute the signature">
    Calculate `HMAC-SHA256(secretKey, body + salt)` using your shared secret and the salt
    from the header.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 3: Compare the signatures">
    Compare your computed value against `X-Opus-Signature` using a **constant-time**
    comparison. Decode both values to fixed-length buffers and check their lengths match
    *before* comparing — `crypto.timingSafeEqual` throws if the buffers differ in length, so
    a malformed or empty signature header must be rejected rather than allowed to crash your
    handler. If they don't match, reject the request.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 4: Check the timestamp (recommended)">
    Reject the request if `X-Opus-Timestamp` is outside an acceptable window (for example,
    more than 5 minutes from the current time) to drop obviously old deliveries.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Step 5: Reject replays (recommended)">
    Record the `X-Opus-Salt` of each request you accept (e.g. in a short-lived cache keyed by
    salt). If you see a salt you have already processed, reject the request as a replay.
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Example (Node.js)

```javascript theme={"dark"}
import crypto from 'crypto'

const seenSalts = new Set() // use a TTL cache (e.g. Redis) in production

function verifyWebhook(rawBody, headers, secretKey) {
  const salt = headers['x-opus-salt']
  const timestamp = parseInt(headers['x-opus-timestamp'], 10)
  const received = headers['x-opus-signature']

  if (!received || !salt || Number.isNaN(timestamp)) return false

  // Step 2: recompute the signature
  const expected = crypto
    .createHmac('sha256', secretKey)
    .update(rawBody + salt)
    .digest('hex')

  // Step 3: constant-time compare — guard length first so a malformed
  // signature is rejected instead of throwing a RangeError.
  const a = Buffer.from(received, 'hex')
  const b = Buffer.from(expected, 'hex')
  const signatureValid = a.length === b.length && crypto.timingSafeEqual(a, b)
  if (!signatureValid) return false

  // Step 4: reject stale requests (5-minute window)
  const fresh = Math.abs(Math.floor(Date.now() / 1000) - timestamp) < 300
  if (!fresh) return false

  // Step 5: reject replays
  if (seenSalts.has(salt)) return false
  seenSalts.add(salt)

  return true
}
```

<Note>
  Keep your secret key private and store it securely. Anyone with the key can forge valid
  signatures. If you suspect it has leaked, rotate it.
</Note>


# Team Management
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/6219255-team-management



Team workspace allows seamless collaboration for teams to create videos together. You can share credits, videos, and brand templates within your team.

## How to create a team?

### Creating a team

You can create a **Team Workplace** and invite your teammates to join the team. Here is how you can do this:

1. Click your **Profile image** on the left sidebar and go to **Create a Team**

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Name your **Team Workspace**, add a logo and create the team

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. Copy the **invitation link** and send it to your teammates.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

4. Then your teammates can join the team by clicking into the **invitation link**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

5. As the **team owner**, you can also manage the team members on the **Team settings** page

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### Need more than 4 seats?

Pro plan users have 2 seats per pack, and up to 4 seats (2+ packs). You can change your pack number in the subscription page.

<Info>If you need more than 4 seats, please fill out this form: [https://www.opus.pro/contact](https://www.opus.pro/contact)</Info>

## FAQs

1. **Can a user be part of multiple teams?**

A user can be part of multiple teams:

* For example, you can be the owner of team A, and a member of team B
* You can also be a member of team C, and a member of team D
* However, a user associated with an email address can only be the owner of one team in the current version. We might support being the owner of multiple teams in the future versions. If you need this feature, submit a request [here](https://opusclip.canny.io/feature-requests).

2. **Are there any plans for introducing a chat window for the team workspace so that team members can communicate, leave notes, etc.**

This is not supported in the current version. We welcome feature requests and you can submit new request [here](https://opusclip.canny.io/feature-requests)!

3. **What would happen if a user who is a team owner is currently not part of the same work environment and becomes inactive? How it is decided who will be the new team owner?**

Please reach out to our customer support team at our [contact page](https://www.opus.pro/contact-support). If you are a paid customer, you can reach out to us directly via Intercom.

4. **What will happen when a user is removed from the team? Do they still have access to the clips that they worked on in the team workspace in their own personal dashboard?**

If a member is removed from a team, they no longer have access to the clips in that team workspace.

However, for the team owner, even if the team has been disbanded or they downgrades to individual account, they can still access the clips in their individual account.

5. **I'm a paid user who joined a workspace as a member. Will my credits be used?**

The answer is no. When you join other people's workspace, you will consume the owner's credits.

The team workspace will only follow its owner's subscription status, and will not be impacted by member status.

6. **Do I need an existing OpusClip account to receive a team invite?**

They don't need an existing account. We will guide them to create an account

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

7. **Can I promote a team member to a team owner?**

Not supported in the current version. We will support the transfer owner feature in future versions.

8. **If I am invited to a team workspace, do I still have access to my personal account?**

Yes. If you have an existing account, and you join another team workspace, we will ask you which account you are logging into.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

You can switch accounts anytime by clicking on your profile dropdown in the left sidebar.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

9. **Whose credits will be consumed in a team workspace?**

The **team owner**'s credits will be consumed in a team workspace.

If you need more credits in a team workspace, the team owner needs to buy more packs, members can't manage subscriptions & billing in a team workspace.

10. **What would happen to my team if I reduced the number of packs purchased, or canceled my subscription?**

If you reduce the number of packs, you will have less seats. If there are more people in your workspace than the number of seats, the most recently joined members will lose access to your workspace.

If you cancel subscription, at the end of your current billing cycle, you will lose access to the team workspace feature. As the owner, you can still access everything, but all your members will lose access to your workspace.

11. **How many members can I invite to my workspace?**

The number of people you can invite to your workspace is based on the number of packs you purchase. Each pack provides 2 seats, with up to 4 seats for Pro Plan.

To put this into perspective:

* If you purchase 1 pack, you will have 2 seats, and can invite 1 person to your team

* If you purchase 2+ packs, you will have 4 seats, and can invite 3 people to your team

If you need more than 10 seats, please contact customer support.

12. **How quickly can I see changes made by my team?**

Changes made by your team to videos or brand templates are instantly visible after the changes are saved. If you encounter any delays in seeing the updates, ensure that your team has saved the changes and consider refreshing the webpage.

In cases where multiple team members save changes, the most recently saved modification will overwrite any previous changes.

13. **What are the permissions for team owners and team members?**

Team owner:

* Create and manage teams, invite or remove members, and delete teams.

* Full access to content, members, and subscription details.

* Future capability to assign diverse roles and permissions (coming soon)

Team member:

* Submit videos using shared credits.

* Access shared projects, videos, brand templates, and social account posting.

* Cannot manage the team or subscription plan.

14. **Are there any plans for introducing a chat window for the team workspace so that team members can communicate, leave notes, etc.**

* Not supported in the current version. We welcome feature requests and you can submit new request [here](https://opusclip.canny.io/feature-requests)

15. **Can I merge 2 team into 1?**

Not supported in the current version. We welcome feature requests and you can submit new request [here](https://opusclip.canny.io/feature-requests)

16. **As the team owner, can I track which team members uploaded specific videos?**

Not supported in the current version (The credits usage history doesn't display which member consume that credits currently).

We welcome feature requests and you can submit new request [here](https://opusclip.canny.io/feature-requests)


# Requesting a feature?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/6219261-requesting-a-feature



## How can I have the team prioritize my feature request?

Yes, there is a way if you'd really like your feature request boosted. Submit your request via this [link](https://opusclip.canny.io/feature-requests), and post your feature request up there. We prioritize feature requests with the most upvotes onto our roadmap, and will notify you once the feature you requested or supported is under review/planned/completed!


# Apply to Become an Affiliate!
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/6219263-apply-to-become-an-affiliate



### Do you have an affiliate program?

Yes! You can apply to our affiliate program here: [https://www.opus.pro/affiliate](https://www.opus.pro/affiliate)


# Best Practices
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/6219271-best-practices



### What types of videos should I upload for optimal results?

For best results, upload videos with the following characteristics:

* Duration: 15-180 minutes long videos preferred for our algorithm to effectively detect and repurpose content.

* Content: Informative speech videos, as our system extracts the most valuable and engaging parts based on automatic speech recognition.

* Video containing words less than 30 will be rejected

### How do I set up my brand template?

Brand template is a place where you can set up your branding preferences and apply them to all of your clips. To set up your brand template, click the "Brand Template" icon in the left sidebar. In the brand template page, you can set up your preferences. Now users are able to set up 2 brand templates.

***Apply brand template setting when you edit a clip.***

<div>
  <img alt="" />
</div>

***Set a default template for future projects & Rename each template***

<div>
  <img alt="" />
</div>

<div>
  <img alt="" />
</div>


# Email Login
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/7285176-email-login



## Can I login with an email account?

Yes, we allow users to login with email accounts from any email provider.

## If I have already registered with Google SSO, can I use email to login?

You can "Log out" first, then "Log in", use the same email as your Google SSO, and input the 2FA code that is emailed to you.

<div>
  <img alt="" />
</div>


# Upgrade & Downgrade
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/7285187-credit-related-questions



<Info>Your Subscription Page can be accessed [here](https://clip.opus.pro/subscription).</Info>

## Upgrading

### Upgrading your plan

If you are a Starter plan user, you can upgrade to Pro plan in your **subscription page**. **You only need to pay for proration and your Pro plan will begin immediately**.

This means that you only need to pay for the difference between your current plan and the Pro plan. For example:

* Your current plan is Starter plan
* You want to upgrade it to a two pack Pro plan.
* You have already used the current plan for 20 days.

Then you only need to pay for (Pro plan price-Starter plan price) \* (30-20) / 30 to upgrade. Here is what will happen next:

* Your plan will be changed to Pro plan immediately and all your projects will be able to use Pro features
* You will get 300 minutes \*2 \* (30-20) / 30 = **200 minutes of extra credits**. These are your unused Pro plan credits.
* All your current credits will be transferred to the Pro plan.

### Adding more packs

If you're on the Pro plan, you can upgrade by adding more packs for extra resources like team seats and monthly credits.

This upgrade starts a new billing cycle immediately, and you'll be charged for the full amount of the new plan. Your unused credits will also have their expiration extended to the end of this new cycle.

### Upgrade to yearly plan

Upgrading from a monthly Starter or Pro plan to a yearly plan provides cheaper credits with a 12 month expiration, compared to the 60 day limit on monthly plans.

## Downgrading

Sometimes you might find that your usage is not as high as you expected, or you think basic features are enough for you. You can downgrade your plan from Pro to Starter or remove packs to reduce your cost.

**All downgrades happen at the end of the current billing cycle**, so you can enjoy all the benefits of your current plan until then.


# How can I upload a video from Google Drive?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/9058950-how-can-i-upload-a-video-from-google-drive



To upload a video from Google Drive, simply connect your Google Drive account by clicking on the Google Drive icon located below the URL submission box. Once connected, grant access to OpusClip.

<div>
  <img alt="" />
</div>

Afterward, you will be able to select a single video from your connected Drive account and submit it.


# How can I disconnect my Google Drive account?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/9069523-how-can-i-disconnect-my-google-drive-account



1. Go to Google connection page [`https://myaccount.google.com/connections?pli=1`](https://myaccount.google.com/connections?pli=1)

2. Find the app or service connected to Google and revoke or disconnect access.

Alternatively, you can follow the instructions below:

1. Go to your Google account page and click on the "Security" tab.

2. Scroll down and click on "Manage third-party access."

3. Find the app or service connected to Google and click on it.

4. Look for the option to revoke or disconnect access.

5. Confirm your decision if prompted.

<div>
  <img alt="" />
</div>


# Social account FAQ
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/9432410-social-account-faq



## Which social media platforms can I post clips to?

### Post immediately

For Pro plan users, you can post real time posts to YouTube, TikTok, Instagram, LinkedIn, Facebook Page and X (Beta version).

For Starter plan users, you can post real time posts to YouTube, TikTok and Instagram.

### Schedule future posts

For Pro plan users, we support multiple Social Media Scheduler: YouTube, TikTok Feed, Instagram Reels, Facebook Page, LinkedIn, X (Beta version) and more is coming!

For Starter plan users, you can only post real time posts.

You can schedule posts simply by clicking on "Schedule" and post your content anytime you want!\
​

<Note>
  We currently only support connection to Facebook Page. Connection to private Facebook Profile and Facebook Group is not supported for now.
</Note>

## How many accounts can I add to each social media platform?

Our Pro plan users can connect multiple accounts to each social media platform. You can connect up to 6 social accounts as a Pro user. If you need more, you can now purchase an add-on pack to double your cap to 12 social accounts.

To add multiple accounts for one platform, simply choose "Add Accounts" and select that platform again.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## How can I manage my social account connections?

You can remove or add social account connections by selecting "Social accounts" in the dropdown menu.

Note that your future posting schedules will be canceled once you remove your social connection. We will delete all your account information from our systems when you remove your account.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Reauthorize my account

Your social accounts might sometimes get disconnected from OpusClip. This happens because we use APIs from social platforms like YouTube, Instagram, and TikTok to post clips to your accounts. As a security measure, these platforms periodically require you to reconnect your account to OpusClip. **If you don't reauthorize your social accounts, you won't be able to post your clips through OpusClip.**

* *This issue is most common with Instagram and Facebook.*

When your accounts are disconnected, you will see the following reminders:

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Posting your clips FAQ
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/9432411-posting-your-clips-faq



# Can I upload my local video to schedule on OpusClip?

Yes, you can! Here is how you can do this:

## Step 1: Go to the Social Media Calendar

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Step 2: Select a date to post

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Step 3: Upload your local video

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Limitations

For unedited local files, we only support mp4 files and files under 200MB for now.

If you are uploading a TikTok video, please make sure that the FPS is above 23 to comply with platform rules.

If you are uploading an Instagram video, please make sure each clip is between 30 and 90 seconds.
If you are uploading multiple clips at once, note that **all** clips must meet this requirement.
If any single clip falls outside the 30 to 90 second range, the entire upload will be blocked until the timing is fixed.

# What happens when I edit and save a clip in a scheduled post?

When you schedule a post, we will save the version of the clip at the time when the post is created. Therefore, if you edit and save the clip again after scheduling it, the changes will not be reflected in the scheduled post. You can schedule the clip again after editing it.

# Can I schedule posts beyond my project expiration date?

Yes, you can schedule posts to a date even after your projects expire.

We will save the clip when you create the posting schedule, so it won't be influenced by your project expiration. Even if you lose access to your project, your scheduled post will still be sent out.

## Why are my posts delayed for 1 minute when I schedule them?

We will delay your posting schedule for 1 minute if there is already an existing one at the same time for the same account.

Many platforms will detect if you are using automated posting tools, and will fail your posts if you post too frequently. This is why we will add a delay when posting.


# General questions
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/9442019-general-questions



## How to use the Social Media Calendar

Our newest social media calendar is a powerful tool that lets you **schedule your whole month's posts in 10 minutes**.

With the new calendar, you can:

1. Connect multiple accounts to each social platform

2. View everything you’ve published, drafted, and plan to publish in one calendar

3. Drag and drop posts from one day or time to another

To use our social media calendar effectively, we recommend:

### 1. Link your account(s) to each social platform

To connect your accounts to your platforms, please:

1. Click the Social Accounts icon in the left sidebar

2. Click "Add Account"

3. Connect your accounts to various platforms

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### 2. Schedule your posts using the social media calendar

To schedule your posts, please:

1. Click "Calendar" in the left sidebar

2. Choose your desired date on the calendar

3. From there, choose the clips and platforms for your posts. Our AI will *auto-generate descriptions and hashtags*

<div>
  <img />
</div>

You can easily manage all your scheduled posts from the calendar. Give it a try and let us know your feedback!


# About the result clips
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/9442054-about-the-result-clips



### The generated clips content is not the best moment

We train our AI to find the best moments from your long videos. If you want to clip specific parts of the video, you can use our **AI-Copilot** feature where you can select a specific timeframe to clip, as well as a specific topic to clip by entering keyword(s) you'd like to include in the clips.

### Why is my clip resolution low?

If your original video is a YouTube video, it's most likely that when you submitted the YouTube video to our server, YouTube is still processing HD (which may take several hours). That's why we can't generate HD clips. Before you submit the video, you need to make sure your original video’s HD is fully processed.

To see if your video has finished processing in higher qualities, check the video’s watch page.

1. Open your video’s watch page.

2. In the video player, select Settings.

3. Click Quality.

### How many clips will Opus generate from a single video?

The number of clips that Opus creates is dependent on the video length that you process, and the model you use. ClipAnything usually yields slightly more clips than ClipBasic:

* 0-3 min: 1-2 clips
* 3-10 min: 3-14 clips
* 10-30 min: 5-21 clips
* 30-60 min: 23-32 clips
* 60-120 min: 32-42 clips
* Over 120 min: 42-55 clips

We are constantly working on improving our models so that we will generate more clips for you. Stay tuned!


# Trimming Clips/Adding New Sections
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/9442115-trim-the-clip-or-add-new-sections-from-original-video



### Can I trim/extend/remove the sections of clips?

Currently, you can **trim or extend** the beginning and the end of each clip on ***Caption*** tab of editing page. Hover over a word to set it as start or end.👇

<div>
  <img />
</div>

You can also **edit out/remove** some sections that you don't like.👇

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# I can't login with my email
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/9545456-i-can-t-login-with-my-email



### Trouble Logging In?

Having trouble logging in? Try these steps to troubleshoot some of the most common problems.

### Troubleshooting Tips

#### Check Your Email Address

Try a different email address and double check to make sure the email you entered is spelled correctly.

#### Check Your Spam Folder

Our email might have been labeled as spam. Be sure to check your spam inbox.

#### Free Up Inbox Space

Free up space in your inbox. Your mailbox could be too full. Resend the verification code to your email after you free up space.

#### Whitelist Our Email Address

Our email address could be blocked. Whitelist our email address: [login@app.opus.pro](mailto:login@app.opus.pro) on your email platform.

#### Wait and Retry

Your email server could be temporarily down. Try waiting a couple of minutes before resending the verification code to your email.


# Customize My Posts
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/9747769-customize-my-posts



## Add hashtags for my social posts

### Add hashtags

You can add hashtags when scheduling your posts by directly typing the hashtags. The hashtags will be automatically recognized by different platforms.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### Popular hashtag trends

For TikTok, you can also search for popular hashtags and see their trendiness. You will see how many times the hashtag has been used.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Tag other collaborators in my post

You can now tag other collaborators when scheduling an Instagram post. You just need to type the correct handle in the post descriptions.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### AI Features / Post Customization

AI-generated titles, descriptions, and hashtags are also available and editable before posting on the **OpusClip iOS app**.

### Limitations:

* The tags have to refer to a valid Instagram handle, and the account must be public.

* Now we only support tagging other users on Instagram. If you want this feature for other platforms, please let us know by clicking upvote for that feature!

## Include YouTube link to full video in my social posts

You can now add the full video link automatically when publishing posts to YouTube. Just tick the **"Add the full video link to your YouTube post"** checkbox — the link lands between your caption and hashtags.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### Limitations:

* Available on OpusClip Web only.

* We currently only support adding the full video link when publishing to YouTube. If you want this feature for other platforms, please let us know by clicking upvote for that feature!


# What is ClipAnything?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/9947095-clip-anything



ClipAnything is the **first-ever multimodal AI clipping** that lets you **clip any moment from ANY video** using visual, audio, and sentiment cues, including videos with little to no dialogue.

Here is how it works:

**1. Analyze everything in a video**

ClipAnything uses state-of-the-art video understanding that analyzes each frame through visual, audio, and sentiment cues, identifying objects, scenes, actions, sounds, emotions, texts, and more. Each scene is then rated based on its virality potential.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

**2. Clip any video with customized prompts**

Whether you want to compile all the scoring from a sports game, or highlight the best scene from your travel vlog, just type your prompts, and we'll personalize your clips and automatically capture key moments to match your vision.

To learn more about how to use prompts to find specific moments, please go to [ClipAnything Prompts Manual](./clip-anything-prompt-manual).

<div>
  <img />
</div>

**3. Reframe Anything into social ready clips** *`Alpha`*

Whether it's a football soaring across the field, a whale gliding through the ocean, or a host speaking in the newsroom, our Reframe Anything identifies key objects and actions, tracks them across frames, and seamlessly reframes your clips to 9:16, 1:1, and cinematic 16:9.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Add Music
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/add-music-to-your-clips



Want to make your clips more exciting and engaging? Now you can easily add copyright free music to your clips. Choose a track from our music library or upload your own music files to set the perfect tone. Here's how to get started:

<Note>
  <p>
    Although our music is licensed and generally free from copyright claims, sometimes claims may occur on videos due to mismatches from other companies or individuals fraudulently claiming our content. If this happens, please contact us and we will investigate and help resolve the issue. Please also ensure that you are following the NCS usage policy as outlined here: [https://ncs.io/usage-policy](https://ncs.io/usage-policy).
  </p>

  <p>
    Additionally, we recommend visiting: [https://ncs.io/](https://ncs.io/).
  </p>

  <p>
    Use the "Search tracks & artists" function to find the specific track you used. Once you open the track page, you will see the required credit section in the description. Make sure you copy and paste that exact credit format into your video description to help prevent copyright claims.
  </p>
</Note>

1. **Navigate to the Editor:** Open the specific clip editor page you want to work on.
2. **We provide two ways to select music files**
   1. **Upload Media:**
      * Go to the right panel and select **"Media"**
      * Click the **"+ Upload"** area to import the media you wish to use.
      * You can quickly find the audio you uploaded under the Audio menu in the music media library. Currently, it supports four formats: mp3, m4a, ogg, and wav
   2. **Select from the music library:**
      * Go to the right panel and select **"Music"** and look up the music you want to add to the list.
      * You can switch the type of music or search for your favorite music
      * If you come across a favorite song, you can also click to favorite it, so that you can quickly find it under the Liked category in the future.
      * Click the play button to preview the music first

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. **Add music to tracks:** There are two ways to add music to tracks
   1. Click the **Add** button on the music file , and the file will be added to the soundtrack after the timeline
   2. Drag the music and drop it into the specified position on the soundtrack
4. **Cut the music to the appropriate length** and remove excess parts
   1. Select the music file on the soundtrack you want to edit, and position the timeline at the desired cut point.
   2. Click the split button to split the audio into two segments
   3. You can delete unnecessary segments by clicking the delete button
5. **Adjust the music:** Select the music clip on the soundtrack and use the properties panel on the right.
   * **Volume:** Drag the slider to set how loud the music sits under your video (15% by default).
   * **Speed:** Play the track faster or slower (from 0.5× to 2.5×).
   * **Fade in / Fade out:** Set up to 5 seconds on each side so the music eases in and out instead of cutting. This also works on sound-effect tracks (0 seconds by default).
   * If your track contains multiple pieces of music, simply select **"Apply settings to all"** to apply the same settings across all tracks.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

6. **Delete the music files on the track**
   1. Select the segment you want to delete and click the Delete button.

## FAQs and More

Is there a maximum upload limit for audio files?

* Yes, at the moment, the platform supports up to a maximum of 30 minutes per file.

Is music copyrighted? Will there be copyright issues when using it?

* Yes, our music library contains copyright-free and licensed music that you can add to your clips. However, sometimes claims or copyright issues may occur on videos due to mismatches from other companies or individuals fraudulently claiming our content. If this happens, please [contact us](https://www.opus.pro/contact-support) and we will investigate and help resolve the issue.


# Add Social Accounts
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/add-social-accounts



<Info>
  If you are a **Pro plan user**, you can connect **multiple accounts** to each social platform.

  Now we support autoposting to **YouTube, Instagram Reels, TikTok, Facebook Page, LinkedIn Business, X**
</Info>

1. Click the **Social accounts** tab

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Connect your accounts to various platforms

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. Choose the platform you'd like to connect to, then follow the provided instructions to link your account.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<Note>
  **NOTE:** You can also connect and manage your social accounts from the **OpusClip mobile app**. Go to your Profile page → Social accounts to add or remove connected platforms.
</Note>


# Add Text Overlays
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/add-text-overlays



## Edit your clips

You can add **custom text overlays** as visual cues, calls-to-action, lower thirds, name tags, or headlines by clicking the **Text** tab in the right sidebar.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Stack up to 5 text layers

You can add up to **5 text overlays** at the same time. Each overlay gets its own track in the timeline. OpusClip automatically places a new overlay on a free track. If all tracks are occupied at that moment, it places the overlay on the last available track.

## Customize, move, and resize a text overlay

Click a text overlay on the canvas or timeline to open its settings panel in the right sidebar. Under **Font settings** you can adjust:

* **Words background color** — sets the fill color of the text box
* **Text box radius** — controls the corner shape, from sharp (0 px) to fully rounded (up to 80 px)
* **Text box width** — sets how wide the box is as a percentage of the frame (1%–100%)

To reposition it, drag the overlay anywhere on the canvas. To change how long it appears, drag the edges of the clip in the timeline.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## FAQ

### How many text overlays can I add?

Up to 5 at the same time, each on its own timeline track.

### Can I change the font?

Yes — select a text overlay and adjust the font, size, weight, and color from the settings panel in the right sidebar.

### My text overlay isn't showing up. What's wrong?

Check the timeline to make sure the clip is placed at the right time. Also confirm the overlay isn't hidden behind another track.


# Add Transition Effects
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/add-transition-effects



## Turn on auto-transition effects

You can enable **Auto Transitions** using the toolbar on the right side of the editor.
Our system will automatically detect jump cuts in the clip and apply the transition effects you’ve selected. If you want to add more transitions, you can also manually insert them.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Manually add transition effects

To add more visual engagement and reduce abrupt cuts between your clips, you can now easily apply **Auto Transitions** or choose from 6 effects on the right sidebar: cross fade, cross zoom, zoom in, zoom out, fade in, and fade out.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Change Aspect Ratio
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/adjust-the-aspect-ratio



You can change your aspect ratio in **Editor > Clip Layout Settings**.

You can adjust your aspect ratio to either **9:16 (Vertical), 1:1 (Square), 16:9 (Landscape) or 4:5 (Portrait)**. Once you've chosen your desired ratio, please click **Save Changes** to apply.

If you'd like to change the aspect ratio of your Crop, please check out [this article](/docs/article/can-i-customize-crop-ratio).

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Affiliate Program FAQ
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/affiliate-program-faq



## How does the affiliate link work?

You can share your affiliate link with others to have them join OpusClip. If your link is used to sign up, you will earn a 25% recurring commission through the first year of each new subscriber that you refer.

## How often are payouts made?

You will automatically get paid on the 15th of each month. It may take a few days to process the payment, so please give it 3-5 days to see the funds hit your account.

We pay out affiliate commissions in USD directly to your Paypal account. Therefore, in order to receive a payout for your referrals, you must have an active PayPal account.

The commissions are recurring. You'll keep getting paid as long as the person you refer remains subscribed.

<Note>Referrals cannot be generated on your own purchases (this includes using a different email address)</Note>

## How do I track referred signups?

You can log into your affiliate account to track your referrals. As long as you've used your unique referral URL correctly, the data you see in your dashboard will be accurate.

## Who can join as an affiliate?

We welcome every creator to apply for our affiliate program. We will review each application, and if we think you are a good fit, we will reach out to you.

## Is there a minimum number of sign-ups required to participate?

If your link isn't generating traffic within the first 6 months, we will deactivate the account so that we can make room for other active participants in the program. In order to remain an active affiliate, you should plan to make OpusClip promotions a regular part of your editorial calendar.

## Is there a minimum fee that I need to reach to get paid?

To receive your first commission, you need to earn a minimum of 20 USD commission. Once you've reached this threshold, we'll pay you on each billing cycle (15th of each month), as long as your earnings remain above 20 USD.

We reserve the right to increase the minimum threshold in the future.

## Can I advertise using my affiliate link?

You may not use your affiliate link in any paid media. This includes search engine ads, Facebook ads, or anything similar that would compete with OpusClip’s marketing and cause confusion for potential customers.

Abuse, gaming, and policy violations will result in having your account banned and any existing and future commissions forfeited.

## What are your terms and conditions?

You can click [here](https://www.opus.pro/affiliate-terms) to review our terms and conditions. You will also be asked to read and agree to our terms and conditions when you sign up for the program.

## I have more questions!

Please [contact us](https://www.opus.pro/contact-support) if you have more questions about our affiliate program.


# What is the Status of My Affiliate Request?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/affiliate-request-status



After you've applied for the affiliate program and you are deemed a good fit, please allow for at least one week to be approved. Once approved, you'll get your unique affiliate link to share.


# AI Image & Stock B-Roll
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/ai-broll



## How to add AI Image & Stock B-Roll?

Our AI automatically adds contextually relevant **B-Roll** to your clips.

To add AI Image & Stock B-Roll:

1. Go to the right sidebar and locate **"B-Roll"**
2. Select what type of B-Roll you want
3. Toggle it on, and our AI will automatically add **AI Image or Stock B-Roll** to your video

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I edit generated B-Roll?

Currently, you have the ability to drag and reframe the B-Roll.

You are also able to move B-Roll on the timeline by clicking-and-holding it and moving it wherever you please on the timeline. Furthermore, you can also extend or trim B-Roll.

## Can I regenerate AI Image & Stock B-Roll?

Absolutely!

Once you have generated the AI Image & Stock B-Roll for the first time, simply click on the specific B-Roll you wish to change, and toggle on the B-Roll regeneration panel.

Revise the prompt and click the **Regenerate** button to obtain a fresh B-Roll.

## How many times can I use the AI Image & Stock B-Roll Feature?

|              | AI Image B-Roll | Stock Video B-Roll |
| ------------ | --------------- | ------------------ |
| Free Plan    | Not Available   | Not Available      |
| Pro Trial    | 3 clips/day     | Unlimited          |
| Starter Plan | 3 clips/day     | 3 clips/day        |
| Pro Plan     | 50 clips/day    | Unlimited          |

<Note>The above limits are shared across AI Image & Stock B-Roll features (i.e. AI Image & Stock B-Roll via Select a Sentence, B-Roll Generator). Regeneration is free.</Note>

## Am I able to search for B-Roll from the stock library?

Yes, you can do that in our web editor: just click on the **"B-Roll"** -> **"Stock Video B-Roll"** -> type in a keyword to effortlessly pull the perfect B-Roll clips from the stock library.

Please note, at the moment we just support “Pexels” for Stock Images. Other providers will be supported in the future.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I commercially use Stock B-Roll?

All Stock B-Roll needs to “follow the underlying providers guidelines” (so in the case for Pexels, it would need to follow the respective Pexels guidelines). Users are obligated to review the ToS and License as users are responsible for all the content they create within Opus using third-party platforms:

* Link to Pexels License: [https://www.pexels.com/license/](https://www.pexels.com/license/)
* Link to Pexels ToS: [https://www.pexels.com/terms-of-service/](https://www.pexels.com/terms-of-service/)

<Note>In the future, once Storyblocks and GettyImages are supported, users would be bound by those respective providers ToS and licenses if they use photos or videos from these providers.</Note>

## Can I add AI Image & Stock B-Roll via Selecting a Sentence?

Yes, for sure!

To add AI Image & Stock B-Roll by selecting a sentence, simply drag-and-highlight part of the transcript you would like to add B-Roll to, and then select the **“Add”** option to add **"AI Image B-Roll"** or **"Stock Video B-Roll"**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I move or extend/trim B-Roll?

Yes, this feature is now supported!

You are also able to move B-Roll on the timeline by clicking-and-holding it and moving it wherever you please on the timeline. Furthermore, you can also extend or trim B-Roll as per your preferences.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I add B-Roll for all my clips by setting it in the Brand template?

Unfortunately, in the BETA version, we do not currently support adding B-Roll for all of your clips at once.

To add B-Roll, you will need to click into a specific clip, toggle on the “Generate B-Roll” option, and save your changes.

## How do I manually adjust the framing of Auto B-Roll?

You can take control and center elements in your B-Roll exactly how you envision. Just click on the B-Roll, drag and reposition it!

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# AI Emojis/Keywords
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/ai-emojis-keywords



OpusClip uses AI to automatically add relevant emojis to your subtitles.

## How to turn on AI emojis?

You can click into **"AI Enhance"** from right sidebar and toggle on **"AI Emoji"** feature.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## How to edit emojis?

You can click a word and then select **Emoji** option from the dropdown list of **Add**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# AI Video B-Roll (Powered by Agent Opus)
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/ai-video-broll



AI Video B-Roll lets you generate dynamic AI video clips powered by Agent Opus directly within the OpusClip editor.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## How to add AI Video B-Roll?

To add AI Video B-Roll:

1. Open your project in the OpusClip editor.
2. Click **B-Roll → AI Video B-Roll** from the right-side panel.
3. Review the auto-suggested B-roll moments.
4. Select the moments you'd like to generate.
5. Choose a visual style (or use the recommended style).
6. Click **Generate**.

Your generated AI Video B-Roll clips will automatically be inserted into the timeline.

<div>
  <img />

  <img />

  <img />
</div>

## Can I edit generated AI Video B-Roll?

Currently, you have the ability to drag and crop the AI Video B-Roll. You are also able to move B-Roll on the timeline by clicking-and-holding it and moving it wherever you please on the timeline. Furthermore, you can also trim the duration of each B-Roll clip.

## How do I regenerate AI Video B-Roll?

If you're not satisfied with a generated clip, click the B-roll clip to open the generation panel.

You can:

* Click **Generate** to create a completely different visual interpretation.
* Change the visual style and regenerate.
* Edit the prompt before regenerating.

Each user receives 5 free regenerations over their lifetime. Additional regenerations consume 5 credits each.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I view my AI Video B-Roll generation history?

Yes, absolutely! Click on a generated AI Video B-Roll clip to open the **Generations** panel, where you can review all previously generated versions and switch between them.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## I accidentally deleted an AI Video B-Roll. Can I add it back?

Yes, of course! Open **B-Roll → AI Video B-Roll**, then click the **Restore** button to reinsert the deleted AI Video B-Roll clip into the timeline.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Who can use AI Video B-Roll?

AI Video B-Roll is available for **Pro, Max, and Business** plans. Starter and Free plans do not include AI Video B-Roll.

## Can I manually select a sentence to generate AI Video B-Roll?

Not yet. Manual sentence selection is planned for a future release.

## Does AI Video B-Roll consume credits?

Yes. Each AI Video B-Roll generation costs 10 credits.

Every Pro, Max, and Business user also receives:

* 3 free AI Video B-Roll generations (lifetime)
* 5 free regenerations (lifetime)

After the free generations and regenerations are used, each new generation or regeneration consumes 10 credits.

## Want to learn more about Agent Opus?

Visit [agent.opus.pro](https://agent.opus.pro/) to explore how Agent Opus can help you create full AI-generated videos.


# AI Voiceover
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/ai-voiceover



[**New Editing Feature: Add AI Voiceovers!**](https://opusclip.canny.io/changelog/new-editing-feature-add-ai-voiceovers)

\*\* **Exciting News, AI Voiceovers are now available to all users and now accessible via the right-hand side within the editor!** \*\*

## What is the AI Voiceover feature?

Enhance your videos with AI-driven voiceovers that bring your text to life! Our product, similar to 'Text-to-Speech' (TTS) technology, uses AI to instantly convert written words into spoken language. While our voices are optimized for English, they've also been shown to work effectively with other languages, including Italian, Portuguese, and Spanish.

## What value can I get from the AI Voiceover feature? Any common use cases?

AI voiceovers open up a world of possibilities for enhancing your videos. Whether you're looking to strengthen the hook (by changing or adding it), breathe life into silent or dull moments in a clip, or layer commentary over existing audio, AI voiceovers offer the perfect solution!

## Where can I generate AI Voiceovers from?

There are two main ways to generate AI Voiceovers.

1. The **first way** is to go within the editor and click on **"AI hook"** within the right hand side menu.
   1. Then type in the script you would like the AI Voiceover to read
   2. (Optional) Select the Speaker's Voice
   3. (Optional) Change the Tone Stability or original audio volume
   4. Click on **"Generate AI hook"**

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. The **second way** is to click on the "AI hook" button via the results page. However, this feature is still under testing so more information on this will be coming soon!

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## How many voices can I choose from?

You have 20+ AI Voices to choose from, and all these voices can be sampled using the play icon on the left of their name before using them.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I change the original video audio in case I want AI Voiceovers to be more prevalent?

Yes, the original video audio and the AI voice tone are adjustable via sliders!

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I edit, move or delete the AI Voiceovers once created?

Yes, AI Voiceovers can be edited, moved, and deleted within the Editor. To do so, simply click on the AI Voiceover at the bottom of the video, and you will be able to delete it (or move it across the timeline as you please)

<div>
  <img />
</div>

So, once you generate an AI Voiceover, you can easily move it on the timeline by clicking and dragging it to your desired position. You can also delete or edit any voiceovers you have created as you please.

<Warning>You may be limited to creating new AI Voiceovers if there are overlapping AI Voiceovers or if there is not enough space on the timeline.</Warning>

## Which OpusClip plans are able to use the AI Voiceovers feature?

Currently, the AI Voiceover feature is not limited to any plans, so all users are able to access it.

However, in the future it is likely that only Pro users will have extended functionality of the feature.

## How many AI Voiceovers can I generate?

At the moment, you are limited to 20 voiceovers per day since this feature is in Beta. This limit will be revisited once this feature is settled in.

## How many characters can I generate via the AI Voiceovers?

The Beta limit is 2000 characters per AI Voiceover generation.

## Is there a Feature Demo?

See below!

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Android App Supported & Unsupported Features
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/android-app-supported-unsupported-features



The OpusClip Android app brings AI video clipping to your phone. Here's a clear picture of what's available now and what's coming in future updates.

<Info>
  Available on **Android 12+** via Google Play in the US, UK, Canada, Australia, Germany, France, Spain, and Brazil. English only at launch.
</Info>

## Which features are available on the Android App?

### Login & Signup

* Sign in with **Google** or **Email**
* Projects created on the web sync automatically to the app

### Import

* **YouTube URL:** Paste any YouTube link to start clipping
* **Local upload:** Upload videos directly from your device gallery or local files

The following are not available yet:

* **Google Drive Import:** Not supported on Android
* **Auto Import:** Not supported on Android

### Clipping & Output

* AI clipping with **Virality Score** (0–99), scored on Hook, Flow, and Trend
* Clip settings: video length, clip length, clipping mode, aspect ratio, and caption preset
* **Animated captions** at 97%+ accuracy
* **AI Reframe** for 9:16, 1:1, 4:5, and 16:9
* Download to phone or share to social in one tap
* **Watermark removal** (Pro)

### Account Page

From the Account page you can:

* Manage personal account settings
* Submit a **Feature Request**
* Access **Get Support**
* View the **OpusClip WebApp** link — for a more advanced editing and publishing experience, use OpusClip on the web

## Current limitations on Android App

### Editing & Customization

The Android app does not include an editor at this time. The following are not available yet:

* Manual / transcript editor
* AI enhancements, B-Roll, and Image overlay
* Brand Templates

For full editing, please log in to OpusClip via a desktop browser.

### Other current limitations

* **Social Media Scheduling:** Direct posting and scheduling is not available yet. Use the web version for scheduling and posting.
* **Storage & Auto Save:** Cloud storage and auto-save settings are not supported yet. You can manage these from the web version.
* **Push Notifications:** Not available at launch — check back in the app manually when your clips are ready.
* **Billing:** All upgrades use **Google Play Billing** only. There is no "upgrade on web" option on Android.
* **Language:** English only at launch. More languages are coming in a future update.

### We're Improving

<Tip>
  The Android app launched in June 2026 with core clipping features — and more is on the way!
</Tip>

We're actively working to expand the Android app. The editor, scheduler, bulk download, push notifications, localization and more are planned for future updates.

Want to share feedback? Use the **Feature Request** option in the app's Account page — we read everything.


# API Requests
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/api-requests



API access is available on **Pro (Beta)**, **Max**, and **Business** plans. See [Limitations](https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/limitation) for plan-specific limits, or for more information, view our full [API documentation](https://help.opus.pro/api-reference/overview).


# Can I Use Apple Pay to Purchase a Plan?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/apple-pay



Yes, if you're using a supported device, browser, and region, you can use Apple Pay to pay for your subscription plan. Here's what you need to know:

## Supported Browsers & System

| Browser                 | System                      | Apple Pay Support |
| ----------------------- | --------------------------- | ----------------- |
| Safari                  | iOS 10+<br /> macOS Sierra+ | ✅ supported       |
| Chrome / Firefox / Edge | iOS 16+                     | ✅ supported       |

## Supported Regions

* Apple Pay checkout is available worldwide, except India.
* Recurring payments with Apple Pay are supported, except in India and Mexico.

If you meet these conditions, you’ll be able to complete your purchase with Apple Pay.


# Adjust Layout
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/apply-the-layouts



## Adjust Layout

To change a clip's layout, click **Layout** at the top and select one. Your layout is applied wherever it fits.

### Change the layout of a segment

To relayout a single scene, select it from the timeline, then right-click the canvas or open the **Layout** dropdown and choose a layout.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### Change the layout of a B-roll segment

Segments with B-roll unlock extra framing options. Select the B-roll clip on the timeline, then right-click the canvas or open the **Layout** dropdown to pick a framing:

* **Fill** (default) fills the screen
* **Picture-in-Picture (PIP)** keeps your speaker in a small window over the B-roll
* **Split** stacks the speaker and B-roll top and bottom (not supported for 16:9)

<div>
  <img />
</div>

#### One B-roll per segment for Picture-in-Picture

Picture-in-Picture only applies to **one B-roll at a time**. If a segment contains two B-rolls, split it into separate segments on the timeline first — then apply Picture-in-Picture to each segment individually.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Set default layout

You can customize your layout preferences using the brand template and apply them to your entire project before submitting it. To get started, navigate to the brand template tab and create a new template.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Apply to Become an Affiliate!
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/apply-to-become-an-affiliate



Yes! You can apply to our affiliate program here: [https://www.opus.pro/affiliate](https://www.opus.pro/affiliate)


# Auto headline
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/auto-headline



## What is Auto headline (text overlay)?

Auto headline (previously called Auto hook or Auto Text Overlay Hook) automatically generates a short, one-line text overlay that appears at the beginning of your clip. The headline is designed to:

* Provide instant context to viewers
* Capture attention in the opening seconds
* Improve short-form retention and engagement

When enabled, OpusClip applies the headline to the **top 10 generated clips** in your project.

## How It Works

1. You can enable **Auto headline** from multiple places: the **Submit Panel** when uploading, the **editor**, and your **auto-import** settings. It's turned on by default for manual uploads and off by default for auto-imported videos.
2. OpusClip analyzes your content and generates a one-line text overlay headline.
3. The headline is automatically added to the beginning of each of the top 10 clips.
4. You can review the clips on the **Results Page** as usual.
5. We also provide a notice banner at the top of this page to quickly disable it. If you click "disable", the auto text will be disabled, and you can enable it again when submitting the project. The next **five projects you submit** will also display a reminder banner related to Auto headline.

When uploading, you can toggle **Auto headline** directly in the submit panel:

<div>
  <img />
</div>

On the **Results Page**, a banner lets you disable the headline or refine it further:

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Style Your Headline with Brand Templates

You can customize how the Auto headline looks — **font, size, weight, font color, word background color, corner radius, and text box width** — in the **Auto headline** section of your Brand Template. The style is saved once and applied automatically to all clips generated with that template. See [How to add a Brand Template](/docs/article/how-to-add-a-brand-template) for details.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Auto headline with Auto Import

Auto headline now works with [Auto Import](/docs/article/auto-import). Turn it on in your auto-import / playlist settings, and the Auto headline style from your Brand Template is applied automatically to clips generated from your imported videos.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<Note>Auto headline is not applied to videos brought in through Zapier.</Note>

## Turning Auto headline On or Off

* Disable: If you turn off the Auto headline toggle before submitting, none of the generated clips will include the headline.
* Re-enable: You can turn the toggle back on when submitting a new project.


# Auto Import Your Latest YouTube Videos
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/auto-import



## What is Auto Import?

Auto Import lets **Pro** and **Starter** users **automatically process** their latest public YouTube videos into clips.

No more manual uploads — just log into OpusClip, and your videos are **already imported and ready to use.**

## How to Set Up Auto Import

1. Go to My projects.
2. Click the "**Auto Import**" button on the right-hand side.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. Sign in with your YouTube/Google account and grant OpusClip permission to connect to your youtube channel.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<Info>If you have already connected to your YouTube channel from the scheduling feature, you can enable auto import without having to re-connect your channel again.</Info>

4. Once connected, OpusClip will check for new videos and process them based on your chosen settings. You can choose to have OpusClip pull all your new (longer than 3minutes) public videos, or pull only from specific public playlists:

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Processing Options

**✔ Notify me via Email (Manual Processing)**

* OpusClip will send you an email when a new video is detected.
* You can manually decide whether you want to clip the video.

**✔ Auto create projects (Automatic Processing)**

* OpusClip will **automatically process your new videos** using your saved clip settings.
* No need to log in or start processing manually—your videos will be ready when you open OpusClip.
* Credits will be deducted based the full video length.

<Note>You can change your processing preference and clip settings anytime in **My projects > Auto Import**.</Note>

## How to Manage Auto Import Settings

You can update or disable Auto Import at any time by going to **My projects -> Auto Import**:

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* **Switch between Manual** (Email Reminder) **and Auto Processing**
* **Reauthorize your channel** if you have not used OpusClip and the youtube connection is lost
* **Re-enable Auto Import** by following the setup steps above again
* **Manage your connections** to toggle between channels you want OpusClip to pull from
* **Specify playlists** to pull from by selecting "From specific playlists".

## How to manage clip settings?

* You can pre-select your preferred clip length and presets/template for each video detected
* We will use your last-used model for clipping (ClipAnything or ClipBasic) to process your videos.
* **Auto headline**: Enable Auto headline in your Auto Import / playlist settings to automatically add the headline to clips created from imported videos. The headline uses the style set in your [Brand Template](/docs/article/how-to-add-a-brand-template). Learn more in [Auto headline](/docs/article/auto-headline).

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## When will my video be processed by OpusClip?

* We will check if new videos are available **every hour**. Please allow some time for YouTube to finish processing your video and bring your video to the highest resolution.

<Warning>If you submit your video link to OpusClip before Auto Import detects it (e.g. between the regular checks), we will not auto create the same video again.</Warning>

## What types of videos will Auto Import detect?

* Auto Import will only detect **your own public YouTube videos** that are **longer than 3 minutes, uploaded after your Auto Import set up**
* Private or unlisted videos will not be imported.
* Shorts and livestream videos will not be imported.
* If you have **specified playlist(s)** for OpusClip to pull from, only qualifying videos in the playlist(s) will be processed.

<Note>With **playlist selection**, you can control exactly **which videos** get imported, giving you more flexibility and better control over how your credits are spent.</Note>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Will Auto Import work on older videos?

* Auto Import currently only detects newly uploaded videos after you link your channel.
* More custom Auto Import options will be coming soon!

## Why did my Auto Import fail?

* Your auto import may fail due to a few reasons:
  * If you have downgraded to a Free plan
  * If there isn't enough credits on your account to process the next video
  * If we have lost access to your YouTube authorization due to inactivity


# Auto SFX
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/auto-sfx



Sound design can make the difference between a flat clip and one that stops the scroll. Auto SFX watches your video, detects key moments, and places production-quality sound effects on your timeline automatically — no editing experience needed.

## How to use Auto SFX

1. From the homepage, click **Auto SFX** in the Quick Start. You can also access it from the editor: open a clip and click **Audio** in the right sidebar.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. In the **Audio** panel, click the **Auto SFX** tab. Then click **Auto generate sounds** — OpusClip analyzes your video and adds SFX automatically. This takes under 2 minutes for a 60-second clip.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. Your sound effects appear as colored blocks on the timeline. Click any block to adjust its **Volume**, **Duration**, or edit the **Prompt** and regenerate that specific sound.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Generate a sound by prompt

1. On the **Auto SFX** tab, click **Generate by prompt**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Describe the sound effect you want in the **Prompt** field (e.g., "funny sound effect" or "deep cinematic boom"), set the **Duration**, then click **Generate 3 versions** and pick the one that fits best.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Plan availability

| Plan     | Auto SFX |
| -------- | -------- |
| Free     | —        |
| Starter  | —        |
| Pro      | ✅        |
| Business | ✅        |

## FAQ

**How long does generation take?**

Under 2 minutes for a 60-second clip.

**Can I undo the generated sound effects?**

Yes, each SFX block lives on a separate track. Delete any block or regenerate it at any time without affecting the rest.

**What kinds of sounds does it add?**

OpusClip detects transitions, impacts, UI moments, ambient sounds, and more — matched to your video's content and tone.

**Will this change my original video?**

No, sound effects are placed on a separate track and can be removed at any time without touching your original footage.


# Brand Vocabulary
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/brand-vocabulary



## How to Ensure Proper Nouns, Brand Vocabulary and Key Terms Are Accurately Transcribed?

OpusClip provides a suite of features to ensure proper nouns, brand vocabulary and key terms are consistently and accurately transcribed in a clip or across all clips. Here's how to use them based on your needs:

1. Correcting terms in a clip:

* Double-click on the word you want to correct in the editor.
* Update the word as needed.
* Click **Apply to all** to automatically fix all instances of the word in the clip.
* You can also add the corrected word to your brand vocabulary by checking the **"Add to brand vocabulary"** checkbox. By doing so, all new clips will automatically transcribe this word correctly.

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>

2. Correcting terms across all projects:

* Go to Asset Library
* Under **'Brand Vocabulary'**, click on **'Add proper nouns'**
* Type in the term/name you want to add to your vocabulary and click 'Enter'. You can add multiple terms.
* Once you've added all your terms, click on **'Add to Brand Vocabulary'**
* All new clips going forward will transcribe the terms you added correctly (You'll need to reprocess your existing clips you created earlier to apply this change)

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>


# Bulk Download
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/bulk-download



With the **Pro** plan, you can download multiple clips at once. Here’s how:

1. **Navigate to your project**: Open your projects' results page.
2. **Select Clips**:
   * Click on "**Select**" in the top right corner of the results page

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* Check the box next to each clip to make your selection or use **Select all** to choose all clips at once.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. **Download**: Click the **Bulk Download** button to start bulk downloading.
4. **Upgrade if needed**: If you're prompted to upgrade, just follow the instructions to switch to the Pro plan.

**Troubleshooting**:

* **Download Issues**: Refresh the page and try again. For persistent issues, contact support.
* **Partial Downloads**: Check internet connection and retry. Reach out to support if the problem continues.


# Bulk Scheduler
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/bulk-scheduler



You can now bulk schedule your clips directly from the results page.

1. **Navigate to your project**: Open your projects' results page.
2. **Select Clips**:
   * Click on "**Select**" in the top right corner of the results page.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

OR

* Click on the **calendar icon** for a given clip and then click on "**Bulk Schedule**"

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. Check the box next to each clip to make your selection or use "**Select all**" to choose all clips at once

<div>
  <img />
</div>

4. After choosing your clip, click on "**Bulk Schedule**" in the top right corner

<div>
  <img />
</div>

5. **Configure your scheduling**: After selecting your clips, you'll now set when and how they will be published in bulk. This step defines the **posting order, start time, and frequency** — our AI will handle the rest.
   * **Arrange the clip order**: Manually assign the order: Click on the number next to each clip and enter its position in the posting sequence (e.g., 1 for the first clip, 2 for the second).

<Note>This number determines the exact order in which your clips will be published. For example: A clip marked "1" will go out first, a clip marked "2" will be posted next, and so on.</Note>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* **Set time & frequency**:
* Pick the date and time you want the first clip (order 1) to be published.
* Click of "**Frequency**" to define how often you want each clip to be published after the first one.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

6. Our AI will automatically create:

* **Engaging descriptions**
* **Relevant hashtags**

7. **Check schedule**: You can **preview times and edit captions**. Once you're happy with the order, start time, and frequency, click the “**Schedule**” button.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

8. All your selected clips will now be **scheduled for automatic posting** in the order and timing you configured. To **review or make changes**:

* Head to the **Calendar page** (accessible via the **left-hand thumbnail sidebar**).

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* There, you can **view all scheduled posts, adjust posting times, reschedule or delete** any clip individually.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

# FAQ

## Who can use the Bulk Scheduling feature?

This feature is **available exclusively to Pro users**. If you're on a Free, Trial or Starter plan you'll need to upgrade to access bulk scheduling.

## Which platforms are supported?

Currently, **Bulk Scheduling is only available for YouTube**. Support for additional platforms is coming soon!

## How does the posting frequency work?

You set a **fixed interval** (e.g., 2 hours , 4 hours, or daily), and clips will be scheduled **one after the other** based on the order you defined.

* The system follows your selected time interval **exactly**.
* **It does not skip weekends, holidays, or “ideal” posting times**.
* Example: If you schedule 5 clips and your first post starts at **Monday 9:00 AM** with a **2-hour interval**, the next clips will post at **10:00 AM (clip 2)**, **12:00 PM (clip 3)**, **2:00 PM (clip 4)**, **4:00 PM (clip 5)** — even across weekends or nights.

## Can I change the schedule after I’ve set it?

Yes. After scheduling, go to the **Calendar page** (via the left-hand sidebar) to:

* View your scheduled posts
* **Edit posting times**
* Reschedule or delete individual clips

## Can I schedule the same clip to post on multiple days?

Yes. However, each clip can be scheduled **once per session**. If you’d like to repost the same clip, you need to schedule it again.

## Can I bulk schedule to multiple platforms at once?

Not yet. At this time, **bulk scheduling supports YouTube only**. Posting to additional platforms is coming soon.

## Can I pause or cancel a scheduled post?

Yes. Visit the **Calendar page** (via the left-hand sidebar), find the clip, and:

* **Edit the time**
* **Delete the scheduled post**
* (Coming soon: pause/resume features)

## How many clips can I schedule at once?

There's no hard limit for Pro users.

## Do scheduled clips auto-publish even if I close the app?

Yes! Once scheduled, your clips will continue to be posted automatically — even if you close the browser, log out, or if your subscription expires.


# Can I Buy Just Extra Minutes or Extra Seats?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/can-i-buy-extra-minutes-extra-seats



At this time, you cannot buy only extra minutes or just extra seats for your team. You can purchase additional packs which will grant you additional processing minutes to use for the remaining billing period.

You can purchase additional packs on your [Subscription page](https://clip.opus.pro/subscription).


# Can I change my login email?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/can-i-change-my-email



Yes! If you'd like to change your login email, please reach out to our Support Team by clicking **Get Support** in the bottom right of your Dashboard. Click "Send us a message" and follow the choices to submit a ticket to change your login email and one of our agents will assist you.


# Can I customize the crop ratio?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/can-i-customize-crop-ratio



To customize your video's crop ratio, click the "**Crop**" icon or double-click the video to open the **Manual Reframe** window in editor. From there, you can adjust the framing by dragging the four corners or edges as needed.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Rearrange Scenes in the Timeline
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/can-i-drag-rearrange-sections-timeline



In the **timeline editor**, you can easily rearrange your clips by **dragging and dropping sections** to your desired order.

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>


# Can I Pause My Active Subscription?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/can-i-pause-my-active-subscription



You may find yourself needing to take a break from OpusClip and would like to pause your subscription.

Unfortunately, at this time we do not offer the choice to pause your subscription. However, you are able to cancel your subscription and resubscribe with a new subscription when you are ready to come back!

If you need assistance cancelling your subscription, check out this article [here](/docs/article/plans-and-credits#how-do-i-cancel-or-downgrade-my-subscription)!


# Refunding a Project
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/can-i-reprocess-a-project



If you're a **Pro user** and haven't downloaded any clips yet, you can refund your project by clicking the **three-dot menu (⋯)** in the top right of the clip preview page. Just select **Refund this project**, provide feedback in the popup window, and you're set!

Your credits will be refunded, allowing you to re-upload your video. However, once you've downloaded a clip, refunding is no longer available.

<Note>You will be able to refund your project up to 14 days after the initial upload.</Note>

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Can I transfer my credits to others?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/can-transfer-credits



Although, you can't transfer credits directly, you can get started with sharing your credits by simply adding your teammates to a workspace.

Team Workspaces allow you to share credits, videos, and brand templates within your team. For more information about Team Workspaces, check out our FAQ [here](./6219255-team-management)!


# Captions & Emojis
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/captions-and-emojis



## How to edit captions / add emojis?

To edit captions, select a specific word/sentence and then click the "**Edit**" button.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

You can also double-click a word and add an emoji to it by clicking the "**Emoji**" button. Please ensure you turn on AI emoji on the AI enhance module.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I adjust the timestamps of captions?

Absolutely, you can. Simply review the time range of the word you wish to adjust, click on the word to select timing, and then modify the specified timestamp using the handle.

<Note>The time range of each word and sentence has a maximum range, which cannot be exceeded.</Note>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I add missing captions?

Of course! Click to edit the word preceding the missing content, then input the missing words. The system will automatically adjust the timestamps for each word. If further timestamp adjustments are needed, you can make those changes after adding the words.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## How can I change the position of the captions?

You can change the position of the captions directly on the canvas.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I change the caption fonts and color?

Yes you can! To do so, go to the right sidebar, and then click the "Captions" tab where you can find the fonts section. You can change font style, size, color, stroke, shadow, and case.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I remove filler words and pauses?

Yes, for sure! We've upgraded Speech Cleanup to detect over 90% of filler words with full control over what gets removed.

To get started, click **Speech Cleanup** in the top left of the editor and select **Remove filler words** or **Remove pauses**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I select and edit more than just one word?

Absolutely! You can select multiple words, phrases, and even entire sentences at once. Simply click into the editing box to correct and make changes to them.

You have the option to correct, remove captions only, or delete both the captions and the video for the selected words.

## How to trim or remove unwanted sentences from clips?

You can trim unwanted sentences/footage in two methods:

* Method 1: Select the section you want to remove from the text and click "Delete."

* Method 2: Drag the beginning and end of selected segment in the timeline editor to trim it.


# Change or Remove Captions
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/change-captions



## How to edit captions?

To edit captions, select a specific word/sentence and then click the **Edit** button.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## How can I change captions position?

You can change the caption position as you like in Brand tab of editing page.

## Can I change the caption fonts and color?

Yes you can! To do so, simply go to the editing page, and then click the “Captions” tab where you can find fonts section. You can change font style/size/color/stroke/shadow, and uppercase/lowercase all texts.

## Truncated words show in two lines in my captions

Please use a smaller font if your captions get truncated.

## How can I fix it when some captions are not being added?

You can manually add missing/fix incorrect captions by clicking on the word in the Captions Editor, and type your corrections into the script.

## Can I select and edit more than just one word?

Absolutely! You can select multiple words, phrases, and even entire sentences at once. Simply enter the editing box to correct and make changes to them. You have the option to correct, remove captions only, or delete both the captions and the video for the selected words.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## How to trim or remove unwanted sentences from clips?

You can trim unwanted sentences/footage in two methods:

* Method 1: Select the section you want to remove from the text and click **Delete**.
* Method 2: Drag the beginning and end of selected segment in the timeline editor to trim it.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Move Caption Position

You can now **drag and reposition captions anywhere** on the main canvas in the editor!

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>

## Add a new section to your clip

To refine your hook, extend your clip, or add a section from another part of your video, click **Add a Section** at the start or end of the transcript.

Then, select the desired section from the full transcript and click **Add**.

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>

## How to remove captions completely?

* **For new projects (prevent captions from generating)**

The easiest way to avoid captions is to set up a no-caption **brand template** prior to submitting a project:

1. Go to **Brand Template** and create a new template
2. Turn off the captions toggle in the template settings
3. Select this template when submitting a new project

This prevents captions from being generated entirely, so you won't need to click into each clip to remove caption manually afterward.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* **For existing projects**

If your clips have already been generated with captions, you'll need to turn off caption for each clip individually in the editor.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<Tip>
  Please note that we currently do not have a **bulk caption edit** feature. Each clip must be edited individually.
</Tip>

* **For hardcoded captions**:

If the captions are already hardcoded (burned into the video itself), there unfortunately isn't a way for OpusClip to remove them.
The only way to avoid those captions would be to use a version of the source video that doesn't have captions burned in.


# ClipAnything Prompts Manual
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/clip-anything-prompt-manual



A prompt is a text phrase that the ClipAnything AI interprets to clip your videos. You can type your prompt to find a scene, action, character, event, emotional moment, social-worthy topic, and more. A well-crafted prompt can help our AI find the exact moments you want from your original video.

# Use prompts to...

✅ **Find a moment/scene**

* Examples

  * Find the moments most likely to go viral on social media

  * Show me moments with strong opinions or words

  * Give me the part where Patrick Mahomes throws a 3-yard touchdown

  * Find me the most hilarious part of Snoop Dogg narrating Animal Planet

**✅ Find action**

* Examples

  * Show me the host unboxing a new tech gadget and explaining its features

  * Show me the jaguar killing the snake

  * Find the moment of Will Smith smacking Chris Rock

**✅ Find emotion**

* Examples

  * Clip my exciting reactions to tasting shawarma

  * Find all the laughing scenes

  * Find the moments when the two actors argue and one of them cries

**✅ Find a character**

* Examples

  * Find Spiderman

  * Find Emma Stone walking down the red carpet

**✅ Create a compilation video**

* Examples

  * Compile all Man City's scoring

  * Find all the scenes with laughter

# Do not use prompts to...

**❌ Edit the visual or audio aspects of the video**

* Examples

  * Remove the flickering

  * Clean up the audio

  * Change aspect ratio to 9:16

  * Add emojis

  * Add transition

  * Focus on the screenshare and what's on the screen

Do it in the brand template, or in the editing page after the clip is generated.

**❌ Control clip length**

* Examples

  * Separate videos from 30 seconds to 1 minute with subtitles

  * Turn this into a ten minute video?

Do it in submission box: select preferred "Clip Length"

**❌ Apply a cinematic effect to the video**

* Examples

  * Add the fade transition at the end of the clip

  * Add a lens flare effect at the beginning of the clip

# Prompting guidelines

## **Use clear wording**

Try to be clear about any context or details that are important to you. Think about:

* **Subject**: *person, animal, character, location, object*

* **Visual**: the women in yellow dress,

* **Action**: *Patrick Mahomes throws a touchdown, the host reviews the product*

* **Sentiment**: *happy, laugh, excited, cry, sad, surprise, angry*

* **Sound**: Audience cheering, door open, dog bark, *vehicle horn*

**❌ Do not use descriptions that are too vague**

* Examples

  * Create videos

  * For Instagram stories

  * Do it

**❌ Do not use random input**

* Examples

  * jfgx

  * n/a

**❌ Do not write prompt in non-English language**

## **Focus on what you want**

It is better to focus on finding moments in the video that you want, instead of what you don’t want.


# ClipAnything FAQ
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/clipanything-qa



* [What can I use ClipAnything for?](/docs/article/clipanything-qa-1)
* [What is the difference between ClipAnything vs. ClipBasic?](/docs/article/clipanything-qa-2)
* [What is the limitation during ClipAnything Beta testing period？](/docs/article/clipanything-qa-3)
* [How long does it take to process the clips with ClipAnything model?](/docs/article/clipanything-qa-4)
* [What is a narrative template? How will it affect clip results?](/docs/article/clipanything-qa-7)
* [How to use prompts to instruct ClipAnything to find what I want?](/docs/article/clipanything-qa-8)
* [Can I reprompt and regenerate clips from the same video?](/docs/article/clipanything-qa-9)
* [Why did the ClipAnything model fail to find what I was looking for?](/docs/article/clipanything-qa-10)
* [What does scene analysis mean?](/docs/article/clipanything-qa-11)
* [How can I easily navigate one clip through all generated clips?](/docs/article/clipanything-qa-12)
* [Can I view clip results in chronological order?](/docs/article/clipanything-qa-13)


# What can I use ClipAnything for?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/clipanything-qa-1



You can use ClipAnything to **clip any type of video**, and create various content types.

* **Find a specific moment**

  * Type your prompt to find a scene, action, character, event, emotional moment, social-worthy topic, and more.

* **Create a teaser**

  * Create an engaging teaser to direct more traffic to your original video.

* **Clip non-talking videos**

  * Our powerful visual, audio, and sentiment understanding makes it possible to clip videos with little to no dialogue.

Here are more use cases based on different content types and professions. We hope you find them inspiring!

* `Producer` [Create a teaser for the 2022 Oscar featuring Will Smith smacking Chris Rock](https://www.opus.pro/demo/producer)
* `Social media manager` [Give me the moments most likely to go viral on social media](https://www.opus.pro/demo/social-media-manager)
* `Red carpet` [Find the red carpet moments of Emma Stone](https://www.opus.pro/demo/red-carpet)
* `Podcaster` [Find the most social-worthy Q\&A](https://www.opus.pro/demo/podcaster)
* `News editor` [Give me Mark Zuckerberg's complete opening statement at the senate hearing](https://www.opus.pro/demo/news)
* `Sports` [Give me a Lionel Messi goal](https://www.opus.pro/demo/sports)
* `Food vlogger` [Clip my exciting reactions to tasting shawarma](https://www.opus.pro/demo/food-vlogger)
* `Gamer` [Give me the scene where the player kills the enemy with a stone](https://www.opus.pro/demo/gamer)
* `Vlogger` [Create a summarization of all the steps James Hobson takes to create and test the bionic arm](https://www.opus.pro/demo/vlogger)
* `Animation` [Find moments that are most likely to attract kid viewers](https://www.opus.pro/demo/animation)
* `Music` [Find me the hook and chorus](https://www.opus.pro/demo/music)


# Why did the ClipAnything model fail to find what I was looking for?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/clipanything-qa-10



The ClipAnything model is currently in beta. We are working hard to improve its accuracy, and we greatly value your feedback. If you are not satisfied with a clip, please share your insights by clicking the **thumbs down button** next to the clip.
Improving your prompt input can also help the ClipAnything AI model better understand and deliver what you're looking for. [Learn more to improve your prompt](./clip-anything-prompt-manual).

Please note that the model may not return results for videos that lack audio or have minimal visual activity, such as static scenes. While the AI is optimized to detect key moments with sound or visual changes, support for silent and low-activity videos is planned for future releases.


# What does scene analysis mean?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/clipanything-qa-11



Scene analysis breaks down a short video into individual scenes to understand and interpret their components and elements, using our advanced multimodal AI.
This feature helps you easily understand and interpret key elements of a short video, similar to reading a film script. It includes a talking transcript, timestamps referencing the original video, visual summaries, emotional sentiment analysis, and more. This empowers creators to quickly gain deep insights into their video content and make more informed decisions.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# How can I easily navigate one clip through all generated clips?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/clipanything-qa-12



Our advanced AI automatically extracts relevant tags based on your video content, preset settings, and prompt input. These tags help you easily filter and navigate through your generated clips. Simply click **the filter icon** at the top of your results to refine and view clips according to the available tags.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Can I view clip results in chronological order?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/clipanything-qa-13



Yes! You can customize the order of your results by switching the sorting rule from **Virality Score** to **Chronological** at the top of the results page.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# What is the difference between ClipAnything vs. ClipBasic?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/clipanything-qa-2



ClipAnything surpasses ClipBasic in all aspects, specifically:

|                          | **ClipAnything**                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 | **ClipBasic**                                                                |
| ------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Video type supported** | Extending beyond just talking-head videos, ClipAnything can clip any type of video, including but not limited to vlogs, sports, TV shows, behind-the-scenes, news, music, and videos with little to no dialogue.                                                                                                                                                                                                                 | Can only clip talking-head videos well.                                      |
| **User Prompt**          | Users can use natural language prompts (whether sentences or keywords) to find any scene, action, character, event, emotional moment, viral topic, and more. To learn more about prompts, please visit the ClipAnything Prompts Manual.                                                                                                                                                                                          | Users can only write prompts using keywords mentioned in the original video. |
| **Visual understanding** | Analyze and understand everything on screen, including but not limited to: <ul><li>**Objects**: Characters, animals, items</li><li>**Colors**: Yellow flowers, a girl in a purple dress</li><li>**Actions**: Patrick Mahomes throwing a touchdown, a host reviewing a product</li><li>**Text/Overlays**: Scoreboards, name cards, logo</li></ul>                                                                                 | Limited capability that only understands speaker positions.                  |
| **Audio understanding**  | Extending beyond understanding conversations, ClipAnything: <ul><li>Accurately identifies which speaker is talking.</li><li>Understands a wide range of sounds, including but not limited to:</li><ul><li>**Emotional Sounds**: Laughter, cheering, shouting, arguing</li><li>**Environmental Sounds**: Bird chirping</li><li>**Sound Effects**: Glass shattering, car honking</li><li>**Others**: Music and more</li></ul></ul> | Relies solely on the transcript to understand spoken words.                  |
| **Sentiment analysis**   | Powerful sentiment analysis that understands a range of emotions, such as happiness, joy, sorrow, surprise, sadness, couple arguing, and more.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   | No sentiment analysis.                                                       |
| **Narratives**           | Narratives refer to the storylines or the structured progression of events that are conveyed through the video. ClipAnything has a rich narrative library in collaboration with award-winning producers, applying the best narratives to your clips based on your video genre.                                                                                                                                                   | No narratives.                                                               |
| **Reasoning**            | ClipAnything excels in video scene analysis, seamlessly integrating text, voice, emotion, and visuals for comprehensive understanding. It performs deep, multimodal reasoning to infer meaning and intent from diverse data. ClipAnything not only understands in-scene content but also excels at cross-scene analysis, providing insights with remarkable depth and clarity.                                                   | No reasoning capabilities.                                                   |


# How long does it take to process the clips with ClipAnything model?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/clipanything-qa-4



The processing time depends on the length of your raw video, typically taking around 20-40 minutes. However, it may be longer as many creators are using the service right now. We appreciate your patience.


# What is a narrative template? How will it affect clip results?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/clipanything-qa-7



The narrative template specifies the storytelling structure you want the ClipAnything model to follow for generating a short clip.

All suitable narrative templates are selected by default.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# How to use prompts to instruct ClipAnything to find what I want?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/clipanything-qa-8



You can prompt for specific moments in two ways:

1. During the project submission page.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. After your project has been completed on the project result page.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

In the prompt input box, you'd be able to find a scene, action, character, event, emotional moment, social-worthy topic, and more. A well-crafted prompt can help our AI find the exact moments you want from your original video. Example: 'Find the goal scored by the player in black shirt' or 'Compile all the hilarious moments'.

To learn more about prompts and its best practices, please go to [ClipAnything Prompts Manual](https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/clip-anything-prompt-manual).


# Can I reprompt and regenerate clips from the same video?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/clipanything-qa-9



Yes! You can submit new prompts on the project result page if you have another idea or want to test out a new prompt to regenerate more clips. New prompts will be displayed on top of the original clips, and can be easily accessed by pressing the tab titled with your prompt. For now, you may only submit one prompt at a time.
As we are working on supporting more prompts, we encourage you to provide feedback by clicking the **Thumbs Down** button next to the clips you are not satisfied with.

<Tip>
  Reprompting is available across all your projects. Previously limited to ClipAnything, it now works in ClipBasic projects too.
</Tip>


# Cloud Storage
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/cloud-storage



# What is Cloud Storage used for?

OpusClip provides flexible storage and upload options based on your subscription plan:

* **Only Pro plan users** can save projects permanently to cloud storage.
* **Free trial users** can upload assets to the cloud, but cannot save projects.
* **Free and Starter plan users** must **upgrade to Pro** to upload assets or save projects.

# How much cloud storage do I get?

All Pro plan users have access to **100 GB of cloud storage**, shared between uploaded assets and saved projects.

<Note>Need more storage? Contact our Sales Team to learn more about the Enterprise Plan and customized storage options.</Note>

# What happens when I upgrade or downgrade my plan?

## Uploaded Assets

* **Downgrading to Free or Starter plan**: uploaded assets will be immediately removed from your asset library. Any clips using these assets will display them as "missing media" in the editor.
* **Upgrading to Pro plan**: previously uploaded assets will be automatically restored and reappear in your asset library.

## Saved Projects

* **Downgrading to Free or Starter plan**: saved projects will be **immediately removed** from cloud storage. These projects will follow the expiration policy based on their original creation date and your new plan's limits.
* **Upgrading to Pro plan**: Projects from previous plans will **not be automatically saved** to cloud storage. You'll need to **manually re-save** each project if you'd like to store them permanently.

(learn more: [Saving your projects](/docs/article/saving-your-projects))


# Collections
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/collections



## What are Collections?

Collections let you organize your favorite clips by campaign, client, series, or any theme that makes sense for your workflow. Instead of scrolling through all your clips, group the ones that matter together and find them in seconds.

Collections are available on **Trial, Pro, Max, and Business** plans.

## How to Create a Collection

There are two ways to create a new collection:

1. **From the My projects page** — create an empty collection from the Collections tab.
2. **From the project result page** — create a collection on the fly while adding a clip to it.

<Tip>Collection names can be up to **40 characters**, and each workspace supports up to **200 collections**.</Tip>

### Option 1: From My Projects page

1. Go to **My projects** → **Collections** tab.
2. Click the **Add new collection** cell.
3. Enter a name in the **"Create a new collection:"** dialog and click **Confirm**.

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>

### Option 2: From project result page

You can also create a collection while browsing your clips:

1. Open a clip from any project result page.
2. Click the **Add to collection** icon (folder icon, top-left of the clip).
3. Click **+ Create a collection** at the bottom of the dialog.
4. Enter a name and click **Confirm**.

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>

## How to Add Clips to a Collection

1. Open a clip from your project result page.
2. Click the **Add to collection** icon.
3. Select one or more collections from the list and click **Add**.

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>

<Info>Every workspace comes with a **Favorites** collection by default — a quick way to bookmark clips you want to come back to.</Info>

<Note>You can also search collections by name using **OmniSearch → Collections** tab. Learn more in [OpusSearch](/docs/article/opussearch).</Note>


# Connecting Your Instagram Professional Account (Business or Creator accounts)
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/connecting-your-instagram-account



Instagram offers three profile types: Personal, Business, and Creator. All Instagram accounts start off as Personal by default, but you can convert a Personal or Creator profile to a Business profile at any time.

Due to limitations from Instagram, **you can only connect Business and Creator profiles to OpusClip**.

## How to Check Your Instagram Account Type

1. Open the Instagram app and go to your profile.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Tap the Edit profile in the top-right corner.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. At the bottom of the menu, look for one of the following:

* **Business tools and controls** = Business account
* **Account type and tools** = Personal account
* **Creator tools and controls** = Creator account

In the case below, it's a creator account.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Convert to a Professional Account (Business or Creator)

1. Select **Switch to professional account**.
2. Note: If you see **business tools and controls** instead, your account is already professional. Try reconnecting or refreshing your Instagram channel in OpusClip.
3. Tap **Continue** and follow prompts until you reach **Category Selection**. Choose a category.
4. Select **Business** or **Creator** to complete the setup.

## If You Have Multiple Instagram Accounts Linked to Facebook

If you have multiple Instagram accounts linked to the same Facebook account, you may run into issues when connecting your Instagram account to OpusClip via Facebook login. This is a known limitation with how Facebook handles multi-account authentication.

**Workaround:** Use your Instagram username and password directly

1. In OpusClip, go to **Add Social Accounts** and select **Instagram**
2. When Instagram's login screen appears, entering the credentials for the **specific Instagram business/creator account** you want to connect
3. Click the **Log in**  button — the blue button

**NOTE:** Please avoid clicking **"Log in with Facebook"** on this Instagram login screen

Once logged in, complete the connection flow as normal.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Need More Help?

[Learn about what is a professional account from Instagram](https://help.instagram.com/138925576505882/?helpref=related_articles)

[How to set up a creator account on Instagram](https://help.instagram.com/2358103564437429?helpref=faq_content)

[Set up a business account on Instagram](https://help.instagram.com/502981923235522?helpref=faq_content)


# Connecting Your YouTube Channel Account
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/connecting-youtube-channel-account



With the largest global audience of any video platform, YouTube delivers unmatched reach across desktop and mobile. Maximize your impact on this powerhouse platform using OpusClip's **YouTube Shorts scheduling** and **content planning tools** to grow your audience efficiently.

## Getting Started

1. **Set Up a YouTube Channel**

* A YouTube channel is separate from your Google Account.
* Don’t have one yet? Check out [how to create a YouTube channel here](https://support.google.com/youtube/answer/1646861?hl=en).

2. **Connect Your Channel to OpusClip**

* **Pro users** can connect to **multiple YouTube channels**.
* *Before connecting*:
  * Log into the **Google Account that owns your YouTube channel** in a separate browser tab.
  * This ensures OpusClip accesses the correct channel.

<Warning>
  **Important Notice**:

  Due to YouTube’s API restrictions:

  * **You must log in with the <ins>Google Account that owns the YouTube channel</ins>** to connect it to OpusClip.
  * **Unfortunately, we are NOT able to connect to a YouTube channel if you are set as a manager of the brand account**.
</Warning>

## Troubleshooting Access Issues

1. Log out of all other Google Accounts in your browser.
2. **Only log into the Google Account that <ins>owns your YouTube channel</ins>** before connecting to OpusClip.
3. Confirm ownership in [YouTube Studio](https://studio.youtube.com/channel/) under **Permissions** (Settings > Permissions).

<div>
  <img />
</div>

Still stuck? Please contact Support if you believe you're the owner but are encountering errors.


# Can I upload copyrighted content to OpusClip?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/copyright-content-policy



According to the [Terms of Service](https://www.opus.pro/terms-of-service), you are fully responsible for using OpusClip in a lawful manner.

You are only allowed to upload content that you have the right to use. This includes content owned and created by you, as well as content that you do not own but you have the license to use, for example:

* You have purchased or otherwise obtained permission or license from the copyright owner to use the content
* The content is distributed to you under an open source or creative commons license
* You are using the content in a manner consistent with [Fair Use Doctrine](https://www.copyright.gov/fair-use/)

Any content owned by the user remains under the ownership of the user after being uploaded to OpusClip.

<Warning>It is against our Terms of Service to violate someone else's copyright while using OpusClip. Your violating clips may be subject to a [DMCA takedown notice](https://www.opus.pro/terms-of-service#:~:text=and%20without%20notice.-,Notice%20and%20Takedown,-In%20accordance%20with) or other enforcement action.</Warning>


# Create Zaps with Google Drive
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/create-zaps-google-drive



On Zapier, by connecting OpusClip (V3.0.0 or above) with Google Drive, you can set up automated workflows (Zaps) that make your video editing process effortless:

* **Auto Import**: Whenever you upload video files to a Google Drive folder, they can be automatically imported into OpusClip to create projects.
* **Auto Export**: Once a project is completed, the results are automatically exported back to Google Drive. The outputs can be **clips, videos with captions**, or **transcripts**.

# Auto Import files from Google Drive

<Tip>Start with a Zap template: [Clip video for new file in Google Drive](https://zapier.com/shared/c200c01bd5a272e3cbf84001270a72e52155c96d)</Tip>

## Notes

* **File size limit on Zapier**: 953 MB.  (If your video is larger than this , it cannot be processed through Zapier. You'll need to [upload the video directly to OpusClip](https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/local-file-uploads#local-file-uploads), where larger files are supported.)
* **Supported formats via Zapier**: mp4, mkv, webm

## Steps

1. Choose **Google Drive** as the trigger app.
2. Select **“New File in Folder”** as the trigger event, which means every time you upload a new video to a specific Google Drive folder, the Zap will start.
3. Add **OpusClip** as the action app
   * Select **"Clip Your Video"** as the action
   * choose **"/File"from Google Drive** as the video source

<div>
  <img alt="" />
</div>

With this setup, Zapier will automatically send the video file from Google Drive into OpusClip to start a new clipping project.

# Auto Export to Google Drive

## Start with a Zap template:

<Tip>[Save clips to Google Drive (recommended)](https://zapier.com/shared/51904467c2bcf64edbf540cc796707c65d38f694)</Tip>
<Tip>[Save clips to Google Drive in a zip file](https://zapier.com/shared/save-clips-to-google-drive-in-a-zip-file/d43fba7b6308343a4c20672f2c1a5144fb7fad6c)</Tip>

## Notes

* Exporting all clips in a single zip file may create very large files, which can cause Zapier to time out
* To ensure smooth exports, we recommend exporting clips one by one

## Steps

1. Choose **OpusClip** as the trigger app, select **“New Project Completed”** as the trigger event, which means whenever a project in OpusClip finishes processing, the Zap will start.
2. Add a **Looping by Zapier** step after the trigger. In the **“Values to Loop”** field, select the **array of “/Clips files”** returned by OpusClip.
3. Inside the loop, add **Google Drive** as the action app
   * Select **“Upload File”** as the action.
   * Map the current **looping item** (the single clip file) as the file to upload.
   * Choose the destination folder where the clips should be saved.

<div>
  <img alt="" />
</div>

With this setup, Zapier will automatically send the completed project results from OpusClip into your chosen Google Drive folder, making it easy to centralize and share your outputs.

# How to Confirm My OpusClip Version?

This feature is only available on OpusClip V3.0.0 or later. You can check your current version as shown in the image below. If your version is **lower than V3.0.0**, simply add OpusClip again in Zapier to update to the latest version.

<div>
  <img alt="" />
</div>


# Add Logo and Custom Fonts
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/custom-fonts



## Upload logo

To upload your logo or a overlay, you can either click **Upload** and upload your asset, or click **Brand Template** and select a Template which contains your logo or overlay.

## How do I add a custom font?

Pro plan users can add custom or brand fonts for captions.

### How to add custom fonts to a clip

1. Click **Captions** in the editor and go to **Font** tab, select **Custom fonts** from the dropdown list. You'll be taken to your Asset Library.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Here, Pro plan users can upload up to 2 fonts. Currently OTF and TTF font formats are supported.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. Once uploaded your font will be available in the editor.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### How to add custom fonts to a brand template

1. Navigate to your **Brand Templates** and click the add custom font button in your brand template. You'll be taken to your **Asset Library**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Pro plan users can upload up to 2 fonts. Currently OTF and TTF font formats are supported.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. Once uploaded your font will be available to add to your **Brand Template**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

4. Make sure to save your changes!

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### How do I manage uploaded fonts?

You can manage your custom fonts in the **Asset Library**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### How many custom fonts can I upload?

Pro plan users can upload 2 custom fonts.


# How do you handle customer data from the European Union (EU) or United Kingdom (UK)?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/customer-data-eu-uk



We have certified with the U.S. Department of Commerce that we comply with the [EU-US Data Privacy Framework (DPF)](https://www.dataprivacyframework.gov/) and adhere to the DPF Principles, which includes standards for transferring customer data from the EU to US, where our business is located.


# If I delete a project, will my credits be refunded for that project?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/delete-project-refund



Unfortunately, when you delete a project, any credits that were allocated or used on that project will not be refunded or added back to your OpusClip account. This policy ensures fair use of resources and encourages careful planning and management of projects.


# Delete a Project
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/deleting-a-project



## How Can I Delete a Project?

If you need to delete an unwanted project from your OpusClip account, you can do so by navigating to My projects page. You can click [here](https://clip.opus.pro/projects) to get to it faster!

Once you're on My projects page.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

From there, hover and click onto to the 3 dot icon and a popup should open giving you the option to delete.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# How can I delete my OpusClip account?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/deleting-your-opusclip-account



If you are looking to delete your account:

1. Click on the profile button in the upper left corner of your dashboard.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Select your account. Then you will see your profile page. You will see a **Delete account** button at the bottom of the page.
3. Click the **Delete account** button, and confirm each item on the checklist. Then you will be able to delete your account.
4. After you delete your account, you will be asked to fill out a survey. We won't collect any personal information for this survey.

<Warning>Please ensure you do not have an active subscription currently tied to the account or else it will prevent the team from deleting the account.</Warning>

Need help finding out how to cancel your subscription? [Check out this article here on how to do so!](/docs/article/downgrading-and-cancelling)


# Does OpusClip Have a Mobile Editor App?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/does-opusclip-have-a-mobile-app



**Yes! OpusClip is now available on iOS.**

You can download our mobile app directly from the App Store to easily clip and share videos anytime, anywhere. We're actively developing more features for the mobile experience. Stay tuned for upcoming updates!

If there's anything you'd love to see in the app, please feel free to [share your suggestions](https://opusclip.canny.io/feature-requests) with us.


# Support for Hindi
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/does-opusclip-support-hindi



OpusClip does not support Hindi at this time. Thank you for your understanding!


# Does OpusClip support languages that read right to left?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/does-opusclip-support-languages-right-left



Unfortunately, we do not support any languages that read right to left, including Hebrew, Kurdish, Arabic or Persian.

If you are interested in OpusClip supporting these languages, please feel free to provide your feedback [here](https://opusclip.canny.io/feature-requests).


# Download and Post in 4K
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/download-and-post-in-4k



If you upload a 4K video, OpusClip can export and post your clips in full 4K quality—preserving every detail from your original footage. 4K export is not upscaling—it only activates when your source video is genuinely 4K (3840 × 2160).

## Where to find it

### Downloading in 4K

You can download in 4K from four places: hover over a clip on the results page, use bulk download to export multiple clips at once, open the clip detail view, or click **Export** in the editor.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### Post or schedule in 4K

When posting or scheduling, OpusClip automatically uses the 4K asset if available. No extra steps needed—your post goes out in 4K quality.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Platform availability

| Plan       | 4K export | 4K schedule and post |
| ---------- | --------- | -------------------- |
| Free       | ❌         | ❌                    |
| Starter    | ❌         | ❌                    |
| Pro        | ✅         | ❌                    |
| Enterprise | ✅         | ✅                    |

## FAQ

### Does 4K work for all social platforms?

OpusClip sends the 4K asset, but the final quality displayed depends on each platform's own limits.


# Download Transcripts & Subtitles of Your Original Video
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/download-transcripts-subtitles



Pro plan users can download transcripts & subtitles of your original videos directly from the result page and My projects.

## How to Download?

There are two ways to download your transcript or subtitle file.

1. **From the Result page**
   * Go to your project result page
   * Click the '**More**' menu,  and you will see 2 options
     * **Download Transcript**
     * **Download Subtitles**

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. **From My projects**
   * Go to My projects and select a project.
   * You can click '**More**' to download your subtitles or transcript.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## What Format Is Supported?

* **Download Transcript** → .txt file
* **Download Subtitles** → .srt file (subtitle format compatible with YouTube and other video platforms)


# Duplicate Clips
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/duplicate-clips



Duplicating a clip lets you create an independent copy to experiment with — test different edits, repurpose for different platforms, or try new styles without touching the original.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## How to duplicate a clip

1. Open any project and click on any clip to open the preview.
2. Click **Duplicate** in the bottom right corner.
3. A copy will appear in your results with all settings carried over — aspect ratio, captions, effects, and more.

## FAQ

### Does editing the duplicate affect the original?

No — the duplicate is fully independent. Any changes you make to it will never affect the original.

### Who can use this feature?

Duplicate is available to all users on all plans.


# Editor Browser Use FAQ
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/editor-browser-use-faq



## Is there a recommended browser for using the editor?

Yes, we strongly recommend using Google Chrome for the best experience.

## Can I use Safari browser?

While we don't fully endorse Safari, versions 18.2 and above may encounter data loss or crashes. We have not found a solution in the short term, so for your data safety, we strongly suggest switching to Google Chrome.


# Editor Loading is Stuck
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/editor-loading-stuck



Sorry for any inconvenience this may cause. Please follow these instructions to troubleshoot:

1. Click the **three dots** in the top right corner of your Google Chrome browser.
2. Go to **Settings**.
3. Search for **acceleration**.
4. Enable **Use graphics acceleration when available**, then click **Relaunch**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Email Login
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/email-login



## Can I login with an email account?

Yes, we allow users to login with email accounts from any email provider, except spam email addresses.

## What if I want to login through email verification instead of SSO login?

We provide login options via Google, Apple, Facebook, and email. If you created your account using Google, you can add an email login method to it, using the same email address associated with your Google account.

Here's how:

1. Log out of your account created with Google.
2. Log back in using the same email address associated with your Google account.
3. You will receive a verification code via email; use this code to log in.

Moving forward, your team members can log in to OpusClip directly using this email address and the verification code sent to it.


# Email Notification Settings
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/email-notification-settings



You may manage your email notifications or opt out of emails by clicking this [link](https://clip.opus.pro/email-preferences).


# I am a customer from the European Union (EU). How should I handle Value-Added Tax (VAT)?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/eu-vat



Opusclip does not directly bill European Union (EU) customers for Value-Added Tax (VAT) on the invoice. Instead, if the customer is subject to EU VAT, the customer should use the [reverse charge mechanism](https://vatdesk.eu/en/reverse-charge-mechanism/) to stay compliant with their local tax codes and regulations.


# FAQs
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/faqs



## How many languages does OpusClip support?

Our product currently supports English, German, French, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, Dutch, Russian, Polish, Indonesian, Ukrainian, Swedish, Turkish, Norwegian, Croatian, Romanian, Slovak, Greek, Danish, Malay, and Finnish videos at the moment.
We will be supporting more languages in the future! If you have any language requests, feel free to let us know.

## Why did my task fail or processing for a long time?

Sometimes our service will face huge workload and projects may be delayed. To ensure your best experience, we will automatically return your credits for the project if the processing takes more than 90 minutes, but still produce clips for that project anyways.
We also return credits for all failed projects. Possible reasons for failed projects include:

* Not able to render enough clips.
* Not able to render any clips.
* Not enough words detected.
  You can check it in your credit history to make sure that the credits are not deducted for such projects.


# Feature Requests & Feedback
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/feature-requests-feedback

Regarding submitting feature requests/feedback.

## How do I submit a product feature request?

Click [here](https://opusclip.canny.io/feature-requests) to visit our Product Roadmap.
We prioritize feature requests with the most upvotes onto our roadmap, and will notify you once the feature you requested or supported is under review/planned/completed!

## Will I be notified about my product feature request?

Yes, you will be notified once your request has been reviewed, planned, and completed.


# Features Not Included in the Free Trial
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/features-not-included-free-trial



Free Trial is designed to give every new user a chance to experience all core Pro features. However, due to product stability, resource limitations, and security considerations, a few Pro features are currently not available to trial users.

Here is a list of Pro-only features not included in the Free Trial:

* Videos exported during the trial will include the OpusClip watermark
* Trial users do not have access to the 100GB fixed cloud storage and cannot autosave projects
* Trial users cannot download multiple video files in bulk
* Trial users cannot have access to the auto censor feature
* Trial users cannot post directly to social media or schedule video posts
* Trial users cannot create team or access team relevant workspace features
* Trial users cannot add Intro and outro cards for clips
* Trial users cannot use speech/voice enhancement
* Trial users cannot access video analytics
* Trial users cannot use speaker-based caption colors to differentiate speakers in their clips
* Trial users cannot add transition effects between scenes
* Trial users cannot upload their own media assets such as B-Roll, thumbnail images, and music
* Trial users cannot add music from the copyright-free music library or upload their own music
* Trial users cannot set a custom thumbnail for their clips
* Trial users cannot download or post videos in 4K
* Trial users cannot access Seedance 2.0
* Trial users cannot access Custom Style V2
* Trial users cannot reprocess a video to get a credit refund if they are not satisfied with the results


# Why aren't filler words like "Um" and "Uh" being recognized?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/filler-word-recognition



OpusClip analyzes your captions to identify unnecessary filler words. Currently, it only supports English, but we're working on adding more languages.

**Update (Jan 23, 2025):**
We're updating our AI Transcription and Filler Word Detection models. During this process, you may notice some filler words being unrecognized. If you encounter any issues, please click the **'Get Support'** button at the bottom right of your dashboard to share your feedback.


# My Account Shows as Free But I am Getting Billed
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/free-account-getting-billed

Check out this article if you are being billed but you don't believe you have an active Pro or Starter Plan.

You may find that you are being charged for a OpusClip Pro or Starter Plan yet your account shows as Free on your subscription dashboard.

Before reaching out to the Support Team, please check any potential email addresses of yours that you may have used at the time of sign up. Although you may be billed under one email, your user email address can be a different one!

For example, you may have initially signed in and created your OpusClip Account with `loginemail@email.com` and used `billingemail@email.com` for your billing email address.

In this case, if you sign into OpusClip with `billingemail@email.com` (the Billing Email Address) you will see it is as a Free Account which can cause confusion. You will need to try and log into `loginemail@email.com` (User Email Address) to see that there is an active subscription you are being charged for.


# Get Your Clips FAQ
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/get-clips-faq



* [Result Page Walkthrough](/docs/article/get-clips-faq-1)
* [Why is the Clip Resolution lower than expected?](/docs/article/get-clips-faq-2)
* [What is the Virality Score on OpusClip?](/docs/article/virality-score)


# Result Page Walkthrough
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/get-clips-faq-1



The result page is where you can refine and export your clips. Here are some tools available on this page:

* **AI-Generated Titles and Descriptions:** Instantly get titles and descriptions for your clip that you can use on social platforms.
* **Auto-Transcriptions:** Easily transcribe your clips and review the original transcript seamlessly.
* **Virality Score:** Our AI generates a score to show you how likely your content is to go viral.
* **Powerful Video Editor:** Make final changes to your clip without leaving the app.
* **Export Options:** Export your clip in different formats or post directly to social media.
* **Project and Clip Management:** Organize and manage your projects and clips for future use.

# Export your clips

You have the option to export the clips you want to use in various formats. Here are your choices:

* Schedule them directly to your social media platforms.
* Download the HD version of the clip.
* Download as XML files for further editing in DaVinci Resolve or Premiere Pro.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

# Edit your clips

You can edit the clips according to your preference. See more in the **"Edit Your Clips"** section.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

# Manage your project & clips

## Save your projects

For **Pro plan** users, you have the ability to:

* Save your projects to cloud storage, ensuring they won't expire and allowing you to edit them indefinitely.

<Warning>While users can save projects to our servers, as a best practice to prevent data loss, we still suggest saving important projects/clips locally to your computer.</Warning>

## Like or Dislike clips

You can express your preferences by liking or disliking the clips. Disliked clips will be hidden, while liked clips can be easily managed for scheduling and editing.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Sort & Filter clips

You can filter clips based on specific criteria.
Additionally, you can sort them by score or display them in the chronological order they appear in the original video.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Why is my clip resolution low?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/get-clips-faq-2



## Why is my resolution low?

Before we proceed, please ensure the following:

1. Are you viewing preview videos on the results page? These previews are in low resolution. To see them in HD, you need to export the videos.
2. After uploading a video to YouTube, it may take some time before it becomes available in HD, as processing is required.

How to check if your YouTube video is in HD:

1. Open **YouTube Studio**.
2. Click into the **Detail Page** of that video
3. You will be able to see the **HD icon** if it's in HD

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## How does OpusClip crop my videos?

We won't compress your videos to a lower resolution, but we will crop them. Here's how we determine the output video sizes based on different input sizes:

* 4K original video (3840 x 2160) cropped to a 9:16 aspect ratio results in an output of 1215 x 2160.
* 1080p original video (1920 x 1080) cropped to a 9:16 aspect ratio results in an output of 608 x 1080.

<Note>If either the width or height is below 1080, we will upsample it to an output of 1080 x 1920, ensuring the minimum resolution remains 1080p.</Note>


# Can I Use Google Pay to Purchase a Plan?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/google-pay



No, Google Pay is **not available** as a payment option at this moment, because we do not collect shipping addresses, which is required for this payment method. We've opted out of this to simplify the checkout experience and minimize the personal data we collect.

You can still complete your purchase easily using credit cards, Apple Pay or other methods.


# How Do Credits Work?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-are-credits-consumed



## What are credits?

Credits are used to process your video projects. Currently, processing clips will cost 1 credit per minute of the original video imported.

<Tip>For example, processing a 30-minute video would use 30 credits.</Tip>

Posting to X also consumes credits, at a rate of 1 credit per post.

## How is credit usage calculated?

When you submit a video to OpusClip, your credit usage is based on how long your video is.

<Tip>
  If you don't need the whole video processed, you can select just the part you
  want by adjusting the "Processing timeframe" slider when submitting your
  video.
</Tip>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

For all processing options, credits are calculated based on whole minutes:

* **Videos shorter than 1 minute** are rounded up to the nearest minute (e.g., 0.5 minutes costs 1 credit).
* **Videos with partial minutes** are rounded down to the nearest whole minute. (e.g., a 4.5-minute video would be calculated as 4 minutes).

## X Posts

Each X post or schedule is charged at **1 credit per clip published**. You are able to preview the total credit usage of your post at the bottom of the setup window.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

If the **post fails** or if you **delete your scheduled post**, the credit is **automatically refunded**. No action is required.

## How many credits are included with my plan?

| **Plan**   | **Credits**                                                                                                                               |   |
| ---------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | - |
| Max        | 1500 credits per month per pack.  Plan available only through [Agent Opus](https://agent.opus.pro/), but credits can be used on OpusClip. |   |
| Pro        | 300 credits per month per pack. You can get more credits by buying multiple packs.                                                        |   |
| Starter    | 150 credits per month.                                                                                                                    |   |
| Enterprise | Customized. Please [contact us](https://www.opus.pro/contact).                                                                            |   |

## Do credits expire?

If you're on a monthly plan, your credits expire in 60 days, so they roll over for one additional month.

If you're on a yearly plan, your credits are valid for 12 months. You'll receive the full year's worth of credits immediately upon purchase, and they will expire after 12 months.

If you cancel your subscription, any remaining credits will expire at their original expiration date, even if that is after your billing cycle ends.

## How do I get more credits?

There are several ways to get more credits:

* **Refresh Your Plan**: Paid users can refresh their plan by clicking the **Add More Credits** button at the top right corner of the dashboard. This lets you repurchase your current plan and receive additional credits instantly.

* **Add More Packs**: To get more recurring credits each billing cycle, you can increase the number of packs you purchase. Go to **Subscription -> Change Packs/Add More Packs** to adjust your packs and get credits immediately.

* **Upgrade Your Plan**: Starter plan users can upgrade to a Pro plan for additional credits right away. Go to **Subscription -> Change Plan** to switch.

* **Switch to a Yearly Plan**: If you're on a monthly plan, upgrading to a yearly plan will provide more credits immediately. Go to **Subscription -> Upgrade to Yearly**. Yearly plans offer credits at a 50% discount compared to monthly plans.

## How are credits consumed in my team workspace?

Only the team owner can purchase a paid plan for the team. Once the plan is purchased, the credits will be shared among all team members.


# How can I change my billing information?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-can-i-change-my-billing-information



You can easily adjust your billing information such as your payment method, billing address, and billing email.

To do so, you can head to the Billing & Invoice details in the Subscription dashboard. **Any changes will take effect at the start of the next billing cycle.**
<Warning>Unfortunately, we are unable to make any changes to paid invoices.</Warning>


# How can I delete my OpusClip account?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-can-i-delete-my-opusclip-account



In order to delete your OpusClip account, please follow the linked tour [here](https://clip.opus.pro/dashboard?\&product_tour_id=590685).

<Warning>**PRO TIP:** Please ensure you have cancelled your active subscription before initiating an account deletion.</Warning>

Need help finding out how to cancel your subscription? Check out [this article here](/docs/article/downgrading-and-cancelling) on how to do so!


# How Can I Delete a Project?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-can-i-delete-my-project

Read more on how to find out how to delete a project from your OpusClip Account!

If you need to delete an unwanted project from your OpusClip Account you can do so by navigating to My projects page. You can click [here](https://clip.opus.pro/projects) get to it faster!

<Steps>
  <Step title="Once you're on My projects page.">
    <div>
      <img />
    </div>
  </Step>

  <Step title="From there, hover and click onto to the 3 dot icon and a popup should open giving you the option to delete.">
    <div>
      <img />
    </div>
  </Step>
</Steps>


# How Many Clips Can I Get?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-many-clips



The number of clips that Opus creates is dependent on the video length that you process, and the model you use. ClipAnything usually yields slightly more clips than ClipBasic:

* 0-3 min: 1-2 clips
* 3-10 min: 3-14 clips
* 10-30 min: 5-21 clips
* 30-60 min: 23-32 clips
* 60-120 min: 32-42 clips
* Over 120 min: 42-55 clips

We are working on improving our algorithm so that we will generate more clips for you. Stay tuned!


# How to add a Brand Template
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-to-add-a-brand-template



## Overview

You can set up various **Brand Templates** with your brand color, fonts, logos, and more to make your clips on-brand and more recognizable.

To set up your brand template, click **Brand Template** on the left side panel.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

On the **Brand Template** page, you can set up your preferences using the menu on the left side, and preview your changes while doing so.

## Clip Layout Settings

<div>
  <img />
</div>

1. **Aspect Ratio**: Brand templates allow you to preset a specific aspect ratio ahead of time and apply it to your clips with a single click. We currently offer **9:16 (Portrait), 1:1 (Square), and 16:9 (Landscape)** aspect ratios.
2. **Auto Layout**: You can default to a specific clip layout or set of layouts if you prefer a certain look and format for your clips. For example, if you normally have three speakers on screen, the **Three** layout would be the best default setting to apply for your brand template. When multiple options are selected, the AI will auto apply layouts based on scene detection.
3. **Fit Layout Crop Aspect Ratio**: When **Fit** layout is applied, the entire video will be displayed in the clip's frame. This setting will determine if any additional cropping will be applied to the source video when **Fit** layout is applied.
   1. **Original Ratio**: The video has no additional cropping applied. This is the default setting for **Fit**.
   2. **4:3**: The video will be cropped into a **4:3 (Landscape)** aspect ratio, with blurred bars above and below to pad out the space.
   3. **1:1**: The video will be cropped into a **1:1 (Square)** aspect ratio, with blurred bars above and below to pad out the space.

## Auto headline styling

Style your **Auto headline** (the short text overlay shown in the opening seconds of a clip) once in your Brand Template and it will be applied automatically to every clip generated with that template, with no per-clip editing.

In the **Auto headline** section you can set:

* Font
* Size
* Weight
* Font color
* Word background color
* Corner radius
* Text box width

By default, the Auto headline uses **font weight 700** and **center-aligned text**, and you can change these at any time. The preview panel shows exactly how your headline will look in the final clip.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<Note>You can enable Auto headline from the upload flow, the editor, or your auto-import settings. Learn more in [Auto headline](/docs/article/auto-headline).</Note>

## Caption

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

Take full control of your on-screen captions by customizing the color, position on screen, animations, and more! We provide a granular suite of customization to enable your captions to look exactly the way you want. If you'd like to use a custom font that is not included in our font library, you can upload it to your [**Asset Library**](https://clip.opus.pro/brand-kits) and it will be accessible within your **Brand Template** and **Clip Editor**.

## AI Keywords Highlighter

<div>
  <img />
</div>

Our AI automatically tracks the currently spoken word on-screen and highlights important keywords as well to bring attention and emphasis to what is being said in the clip. The first color selection is for the general caption tracker, and the second color selection applies to the **AI keyword highlighter**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Overlay

Brand your clips and make them instantly recognizable by **applying your logo or CTA (Call to Action)** image to your clips! Once uploaded, your logo or CTA can be resized and placed anywhere on the canvas, enabling you to create a visually distinct clip with your brand template.

<Info>
  PNG format is recommended for any CTAs or overlays that take up a majority of the screen so that it doesn't fully cover the clip.
</Info>

## Add Intro/Outro

<div>
  <img />
</div>

Uploading Intro & Outro videos is supported in brand templates, so you can apply it for new projects or in specific clips. The Intro/Outro setting feature is above AI emojis settings. You can click Upload and only add one intro and one outro to the template.
<Note>We only allow uploads up to 1 minute and 200MB files for Intro/Outro. If you upload more than allowed, you will see an error message.</Note>

## AI Emojis

Our AI will attempt to add relevant emojis based on the captions on screen, which can add another layer of engagement and cohesiveness to your clips. The emoji position can be moved around freely on the clip canvas and toggled on and off.

## Auto Transitions

A stock transition from our library can be applied to your clips on scene transition, saving hours of manual editing and enabling smooth transitions from one shot to another. There are currently 6 different transitions that can be applied, and this feature can be toggled on and off as well.

## Save and Apply

Don't forget to save your Brand Template once you are finished tuning it exactly to your needs by clicking **Save template** in the top right of the editor.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

You can now apply your newly created **Brand Template** either when uploading your source video or in your **Clip Editor** after uploading and curation has completed.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<Info>
  Pro Plan users have 2 templates available. You can now purchase an add-on pack to double your cap to 4 templates. To get more templates, please fill out this form to learn about our enterprise plan: [https://www.opus.pro/contact](https://www.opus.pro/contact)
</Info>


# How To Avoid Low/0 View Count on Your Clips
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-to-avoid-low-views



## Why do I have low/0 view count on my clips made with OpusClip?

There are **many reasons why you might be getting 0 or low views on your content**, and it's not always about the clip quality itself. Platform algorithms are complex and influenced by dozens of factors — from posting behavior to metadata and timing.

If your views are primarily coming from **profile visits**, **search results**, or **shared links**, it likely means your video isn't being picked up by the main **Discovery Feed** — like **YouTube Shorts Feed**, **TikTok's For You Page (FYP)**, or **Instagram Reels Feed**. This is where the majority of organic reach happens.

To confirm, check your platform's analytics:

* [Youtube](https://support.google.com/youtube/answer/12220281)
* [TikTok](https://support.tiktok.com/en/using-tiktok/growing-your-audience/my-videos-arent-getting-views)
* [Instagram](https://help.instagram.com/202865988324236/)

If your video isn't appearing in these feeds, it's likely being suppressed or deprioritized — even if it's still visible on your profile.

## Best practices to avoid low/0 views

If you believe your content is being suppressed or deprioritized, there are several steps you can take to increase your chances of reaching the feed. While platforms don't officially confirm most of the reasons below, these insights are based on real-world experience shared by creators and **consistent patterns we've observed in analytics**. Think of them as **best practices**, not official platform rules.

## 1. Your account looks suspicious or unverified

Unverified accounts are treated as low-trust by platforms and may have limited reach or features. Platforms use verification (email, phone, 2FA) as a trust signal. Without it, your content may be deprioritized or flagged.

**Fix**:

* Add a **phone number**
* Confirm your **email**
* Enable **two-factor authentication**

## 2. Posting immediately on a new Account

Brand-new accounts that post right away often trigger anti-spam filters.

**Fix**: Warm up your account by watching videos, commenting, and subscribing for 7-14 days before uploading.

## 3. Reposting or using watermarked content

Using content from other platforms—especially with visible watermarks or without meaningful edits—can lead to deprioritization or even takedown.

**Fix**: Use original content, or re-edit videos with voiceovers, zooms, effects, or blur watermarks.

## 4. Overposting in a short time

Uploading too many clips too fast (especially on a new channel) can appear spammy.

**Fix**: Post 1 clip per day. If a video underperforms, wait 24/48h+ before posting again.

## 5. Content or captions contain flagged words

Even mild offensive words or controversial topics (drugs, violence, etc.) in captions, audio, or text can limit distribution.

**Fix**: Censor or bleep flagged words in audio. For titles and descriptions OpusClip automatically does that from the Scheduler / Autopost feature.

## 6. VPNs, proxies, or location hopping

Switching locations frequently or using low-quality VPNs can make your behavior look suspicious.

**Fix**: Upload from a consistent location/IP. If using VPNs, choose high-quality, stable ones.

## 7. Other behavioral red flags that can suppress your reach

Even with great content, **bot-like or untrustworthy behavior** can quietly limit your visibility. Here's what to avoid:

* **Scheduling posts to go live at the exact same time every day** — robotic patterns can be flagged by platforms, slightly varying your posting times.
* **Buying followers, likes, or engagement** — this damages trust and reduces real reach
* **Using unauthorized third-party tools** to automate posts or engagement
* **Working with “growth services” that violate terms of service**, even if they promise organic reach
* **Getting mass reported**, which can happen from spammy comments, polarizing content, or aggressive DMs

## How to fix it (Recovery Plan)

If you suspect your channel is shadowbanned or suppressed:

1. **Stop posting** for 3-7 days.
2. **Engage with the platform normally** (watch, comment, subscribe, like and follow).
3. **Post one high-quality clip**
4. **Check analytics**

Check where views are coming from:

* **YouTube**: Shorts feed vs. search/channel
* **TikTok**: FYP vs. profile views
* **Instagram**: Reels vs. profile

If you're not getting discovery feed exposure after a strong video, you may still be flagged.

# Low/0 views FAQ

## Will using OpusClip cause my content to get lower views?

**No**. OpusClip is a verified platform that uses official APIs provided by platforms like YouTube, TikTok, and Instagram. We do not spam, auto-post without user action, or manipulate engagement in any way. All content is processed and uploaded by **you**, through **your own account**.

In rare cases, platforms may still limit reach for reasons outside of our control. If you suspect this has happened, we recommend contacting the platform's official support team directly.

## How to avoid low/0 views:

* Your Account Looks Suspicious or Unverified
* Posting Immediately on a New Account
* Reposting or Using Watermarked Content
* Overposting in a Short Time
* Content or Captions Contain Flagged Words
* VPNs, Proxies, or Location Hopping
* Other potential flags:
  * Scheduling posts to go live at the same time every day
  * Buying followers, likes, or engagement
  * Using unauthorized third-party tools
  * Working with “growth services” that violate terms of service
  * Getting mass reported

Check the section under ["Best practices to avoid low/0 views"](/docs/article/how-to-avoid-low-views#best-practices-to-avoid-low-0-views) for more details.


# How to Censor Curse Words
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-to-censor-curse-words



## What is automatic censorship of curse words?

Sensitive language in your content can pose risks when publishing to platforms. With one click, you can easily manage curse words in your video. This feature processes both captions and corresponding audio, ensuring your content is safer and more platform-friendly.

## How can I automatically censor curse words?

This feature is available for Pro and Enterprise users.

1. **Navigate to the Editor**: Open the specific clip editor page you want to work on.
2. **Finding auto censor entrance**:
   1. Go to the right panel and select '**AI enhance**'
   2. Click '**Auto censor**' to enter the auto censorship settings
3. **Curse words review settings**
   1. Select the curse words list you want to review
   2. Choose the style of censor display, you can choose \*\* or -- as two different styles.
   3. Select which way the audio corresponding to the curse word is processed, such as being beeped or muted, or choosing not to process the audio.
4. **Confirm auto censor**
   1. Click '**Enable auto censor**' to confirm the action
5. **View censored content**
   1. In the transcript area, you can see that the captions have been displayed in the selected style
   2. Play the video, and you will see that the corresponding audio has been processed.

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>

## Can I revert the automatic censoring?

Yes, you can. After completing the automatic censor operation, you can go to the '**AI enhance**' menu again and click '**Revert censorship**' to cancel censoring words.

## Can I select a word for manual censoring?

Yes, you can. You can click on a word in the transcript area, select '**censor word**', and then select only censor this word, or select all of this word in the video.

## Can I reverse censoring a certain word?

Yes, you can. You can select a censored word and select 'Undo censoring' to revert the censorship of that word.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I create my own curse word list?

Pro users can utilize the platform's default curse word list for automatic censoring. Enterprise users, however, have the added flexibility to create and manage up to five custom curse word lists.
How to Create Your Custom Censor List:

1. Navigate to the left panel and select '**AI Enhance**'.
2. Click on '**Auto Censor**' to open the automatic censoring settings.
3. Select the '**Edit**' button to access the Asset Library.
4. Choose '**Add My List**' to create your own censored word list.

## Can I manage my censored words list?

Yes, you can. On the Asset Library page, you can copy, delete, or rename your list, and you can also add or remove censored words from your list.


# How to connect Facebook
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-to-connect-facebook



## **Before attempting to connect your Facebook Page to OpusClip, please verify that the following is true:**

## **You are attempting to connect a Facebook Page, not a Profile or a Group**

[Differences between Profiles, Pages, and Groups on Facebook](https://www.facebook.com/help/337881706729661)

[How to create a Facebook Page](https://www.facebook.com/business/help/1199464373557428?id=418112142508425)

<Info>Meta no longer allows users to convert Facebook Profiles to Facebook Pages.</Info>

## After verifying the above is true, follow the steps below to connect your Facebook Page to OpusClip:

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>


# How To Contact Support
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-to-contact-support



To contact support, please click on the below link and follow the instructions:

[Contact Support](https://www.opus.pro/contact-support)


# How to Enable Face Tracking
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-to-enable-face-tracking



OpusClip **Auto Reframe** automatically **tracks moving and active speakers** on screen to ensure your clips engage viewers! While manual enabling is not currently supported, you can enable our AI for improved tracking results.

To do so, before submitting new projects, we highly recommend selecting the layout you want our AI to use for reframing in your **Brand Template** page. ([Learn more](./layout-and-reframing#how-to-change-brand-template-for-my-current-clip)) You can also manually refine the reframe based on the clip results. ([Learn more](./layout-and-reframing#can-i-manually-adjust-the-framing-to-make-it-more-precise))


# Manual Reframe
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-to-manually-reframe-content



To manually adjust your video's framing, you can open the crop window to manually reframe your content. There are 3 ways to open the crop window:

* Click the Crop button
* Double click the scene
* Press **X**

<div>
  <img />
</div>

You can also select multiple scenes and update their layouts all at once. Hold Shift to select multiple scenes, then right-click to update their layouts all at once.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# How to post to TikTok
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-to-post-to-tiktok



OpusClip gives you two ways to post your clips to TikTok:

1. **TikTok Inbox** - Sends your clip to the TikTok mobile app via system notification, where you can preview, edit, and post to your **Feed or Story**
2. **TikTok Feed** - Automatically schedules and posts your clip directly to your **Feed** without using the TikTok app

Each method is designed for a different type of workflow — choose the one that fits your content style and publishing needs.

## What is TikTok Inbox?

TikTok Inbox lets you instantly transfer clips from Opus to your TikTok mobile app via a **system notification**. It's the fastest way to get your clip into TikTok for **manual editing and publishing** using TikTok's native tools.
Unlike TikTok's **scheduled Feed posting**, which supports direct publishing, TikTok Inbox is a **manual publishing method**. Your clip is delivered to the app as a **draft notification**, where you can **open it, make edits, and post it yourself**.

## Why use TikTok Inbox?

* **TikTok Inbox** is ideal when you want to **manually post or edit your clip inside the TikTok app**
* It's useful for adding native effects, music, or editing before publishing
* It's the **only TikTok workflow in Opus that supports draft delivery via mobile notification**
* For automatic **Feed posts**, use the **TikTok Auto-Publish option** instead when available

## Which method to choose?

|                 Feature                | Inbox | Feed |
| :------------------------------------: | :---: | :--: |
|              Post to Feed              |  Yes  |  Yes |
|              Post to Story             |  Yes  |  No  |
|         Edit With TikTok Tools         |  Yes  |  No  |
|            Automatic Posting           |   No  |  Yes |
|               Scheduling               |  Yes  |  Yes |
| AI Generated Captions and Descriptions |   No  |  Yes |

## Post on TikTok Inbox and/or Feed

1. **Navigate to your project**: Open your projects' results page.
2. **Select Clips**: Click on the calendar icon to schedule your post

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. **Publish to TikTok**:

   * Select the TikTok platform you want to post to

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* Select if you want to post to Feed or Inbox

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* Click on "Publish Now" or click on "Select Time" if you want to schedule it for a later time.

## Where can i find my clips?

**TikTok Feed**

1. Your videos can be found in your profile.

**TikTok Inbox**

1. **Open TikTok on your mobile device**: click on "Inbox" and then tap "System Notifications". There you will see a notification that your clip is ready.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. **Open your clip**: Tap on "View More" to see your clip.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

# FAQ

## Why Can't I Schedule to TikTok Inbox?

Unlike TikTok Feed, clips are handed off to the TikTok mobile app as **draft notifications on your selected date and time** — not published or pre-scheduled posts to your Feed.

If you want to post automatically to TikTok in advance, consider using the **Feed** option.

## Can I edit the clip before posting?

Yes. Once the clip appears in your TikTok Inbox (under **System Notifications**), you can trim, add music, captions, filters, or text using TikTok's native editing tools before publishing.

## Where does the clip go after I click "Publish Now”?

For **TikTok Inbox** your clip is sent directly to the **TikTok mobile app** and appears under **Inbox → System Notifications**. It will not appear in your Drafts tab unless you manually save it there after opening.

For **TikTok Feed**, your clip can be found in your **profile**.

## What if I don't see the notification in TikTok?

* Make sure you're logged into the same TikTok account you connected in OpusClip
* Check **System Notifications**, not regular messages or Drafts
* If it still doesn't appear, try force-closing and reopening the TikTok app after 1-2 minutes

## Can I send the same clip again if I missed the notification?

Yes. Simply return to the clip in Opus, click the calendar icon again, and choose **Publish Now** to TikTok Inbox a second time.


# How to submit a video without clipping?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-to-submit-video-without-clipping

We have one of the most powerful clipping tools in the world, but sometimes you might just want the whole video.

To submit a full video without our AI making automatic clips, you can use our AI Copilot "Don't Clip" option. These options will be available after you submit your link or file. Once completed, this will generate a caption-only project with all of your specified content.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<Note>We currently have a 30-minute restriction on this setting.</Note>


# How to use ClipAnything?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-to-use-clipanything



ClipAnything is the *first-ever multimodal AI clipping that lets you clip any moment from ANY video* using visual, audio, and sentiment cues, including videos with little to no dialogue.

You can use *natural language prompts to find any scene, action, character, event, emotional moment, viral topic, and more*.

When processing videos with minimal talking or less talking, we **highly recommend that you use ClipAnything** to improve the quality of your clips.

1. **Drop your video link / Upload a video**

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. **Select "ClipAnything" under Clip model**

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. **Select your video genre** (optional)

<div>
  <img />
</div>

4. **Type your prompt to find a specific moment** (optional). For instance, "Find all the touchdowns", or "Find the moments most likely to go viral on social media."

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<Tip>You can save your favourite clip settings (model, genre, and presets) as default to simplify your workflow and never miss a setting again.</Tip>

5. **Choose a caption style from Quick Presets**, or select **No Caption** if your video already has captions baked in or you prefer a clean look.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

As we continue to iterate on our clipping models, your feedback is always greatly appreciated. Please let us know about your experience using OpusClip, by clicking the “heart” or “thumbs down” button located on the left side of each clip, or by completing our quick feedback survey when you see it on the results page.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# How To View Your Invoices
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/how-to-view-your-invoices



While signed into your account, click [here](https://clip.opus.pro/subscription) to access your **Subscription Page** or select the **Subscription button** on the left hand side of your screen.
Select **"Billing & Invoice Details"** to view your subscription's invoices.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Import to Adobe Premiere FAQ
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/import-to-adobe-premiere



## Can I export clips to Adobe Premiere Pro?

Yes, you can click on **Export to XML** in the result page for specific short videos.
<Note>This feature is exclusively for Pro Plan users.</Note>

1. Once you have the results from OpusClip, navigate to the clip you want to export
2. Click 'Export to XML' to download the video
3. Locate and unzip the downloaded file
4. Import the '.xml' and '.srt' files into Adobe

## What's included in the exported files?

The exported file will include three components:

1. The original raw video
2. A '.xml' file containing the generated clip content with auto captions, auto reframe and B-Rolls(if has)
3. A '.srt' file providing captions with timestamps

**Please note:** Auto captions generated by OpusClip will be exported as overlays and cannot be edited in Premiere Pro. Kindly make sure that you have completed the caption adjustment within the OpusClip editor and saved it before exporting the XML file. If you want to add captions using Premiere, you can import the '.srt' files into Premiere and edit style and effects in Premiere.

## Which elements or settings from my project will be exported to Adobe Premiere?

1. **All Videos**: the original videos, videos you uploaded.
2. **All Audio**: the original video's audio, music added from the music library, music you uploaded, and voice-overs.
3. **All Images**: the B-roll footage, uploaded images, logos, etc.
4. **Captions and Emojis**: OpusClip's caption styles and animations will be exported as overlays. Additionally, you will receive a '.srt' file, allowing for more advanced customization in Premiere.

## Can I extend my video before and after the original video?

Yes, you can. When you want to add context to a specific segment, we currently support extending each video segment by 30 seconds before and after.

## What can I do when I export a clip file to Adobe Premiere?

When exporting a clip file to Adobe Premiere, you gain versatile editing capabilities:

1. **Precise Editing**: Perform detailed tasks such as removing frames or adjusting caption timestamps.
2. **Trim & Extend**: Easily adjust video duration by utilizing added seconds on either side of each clip
   * Extend middle clips by up to 10 seconds.
   * Extend the start and end of the video by up to 30 seconds.
3. **Reframing**: Achieve varied visual perspectives by adjusting framing and composition.
4. **Further Enhancements**: Customize your video with sound effects, music, transitions, and more. Add more fancy effects to auto captions, like resize, rotate, replace.

## How can I reframe videos in Adobe Premiere Pro?

1. Import the ".xml" file.
2. Select a specific clip in the timeline or double click on the frame you want to edit.
3. Adjust the Crop ratio in the **Effect Controls** panel.
4. Drag and reposition the framing as desired.
   <div>
     <img />
   </div>

## Can I export animated captions to Adobe Premiere?

Yes, animated captions generated by OpusClip will be **exported as overlays and cannot be edited in Premiere Pro**. Kindly make sure that you have completed the caption adjustment within the OpusClip editor and saved it before exporting the XML file. If you want to add captions using Premiere, you can import the '.srt' files into Premiere and edit style and effects in Premiere.

## Can I export multiple short videos to Adobe Premiere at once?

Unfortunately we do not support exporting multiple shorts. You need export each short video one at a time. After downloading the corresponding .xml files, you can import multiple files into Adobe Premiere at once for efficient management.

## Can I export my history projects to Adobe Premier Pro?

Yes, once you upgrade to the Pro Plan, you'll be able to render and download XML files directly from the result page.
Just a friendly reminder, please make sure to export your files before your project expires. 😊

## Can I export b-rolls with clips?

Yes, we support exporting b-rolls with raw clip video. To do this, enable the 'Auto B-rolls' option in the OpusClip web editor, save and compile the short videos, and then export and import the XML file into Premiere. You will then be able to see the exported b-roll in the Premiere Pro timeline.

## Can I export the short videos to Final Cut Pro?

.xml files can be imported into major video editors, although there may be slight variations in how these editors interpret the xml format. For a smoother experience, we recommend exporting short videos to Adobe Premiere Pro for further editing.

## What video lengths are supported by XML export?

XML export supports videos up to **1.5 hours in length**, which is the recommended maximum for stable performance.


# Import to DaVinci Resolve FAQ
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/import-to-davinci-resolve



## What's included in the exported files?

The exported file will include three components:

1. The original raw video
2. A '.xml' file containing the generated clip content with auto captions, auto reframe and B-Rolls(if has)
3. A '.srt' file providing captions with timestamps
   Please note: Auto captions generated by OpusClip will be **exported as overlays and cannot be edited in Premiere Pro**. Kindly make sure that you have completed the caption adjustment within the OpusClip editor and saved it before exporting the XML file. If you want to add captions using Premiere, you can import the '.srt' files into Premiere and edit style and effects in Premiere.

## Which elements or settings from my project will be exported to  DaVinci Resolve?

1. **All Videos**: the original videos, videos you uploaded.
2. **All Audios**: the original video's audio, music added from the music library, music you uploaded, and voice-overs.
3. **All Images**: the B-roll footage, uploaded images, logos, etc.
4. **Captions and Emojis**: OpusClip's caption styles and animations will be exported as overlays. Additionally, you will receive a '.srt' file, allowing for more advanced customization in DaVinci.

## Can I extend my video before and after the original video?

Yes, you can. When you want to add context to a specific clip, we currently support extending each video clip by 30 seconds before and after.

## What can I do when I export a clip file to DaVinci Resolve?

When exporting a clip file to Adobe Premiere, you gain versatile editing capabilities:

1. **Precise Editing**: Perform detailed tasks such as removing frames or adjusting caption timestamps.
2. **Reframing**: Achieve varied visual perspectives by adjusting framing and composition.
3. **Further Enhancements**: Customize your video with sound effects, music, transitions, and more. Add more fancy effects to auto captions, like resize, rotate, replace.

## Can I export the short videos to DaVinci Resolve?

Yes, .xml files can be imported into Davinci Resolve. Here's how to import them:

1. Create a new project in DaVinci

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Navigate to the Edit tab, at the bottom row of icons in the main interface.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. Double click on the Media Pool area and select "Import AAF, EDL, XML..."

<div>
  <img />
</div>

4. Navigate to your XML file and click Open.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

5. If you encounter a "media file not found" issue, don't worry! You can manually import the media files by simply dragging and dropping them into the media pool.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Why are the audio tracks muted in DaVinci Resolve?

1. Select all the clips on the timeline.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Right-click on any selected clip and choose Clip Attributes.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. In the Clip Attributes window, go to the Audio tab.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

4. Fix the Source Channels by correcting any duplicate listings or incorrect labels.

## How can I reframe videos in DaVinci Resolve?

1. Import the ".xml" file.
2. Select a specific clip in the timeline or double click on the frame you want to edit.
3. Go over to the **Video** tab on the top right side of the screen. This will give you a whole slew of resizing options for your footage. In this menu is a drop-down menu labeled **cropping**.
4. Here, you'll have options to **Crop Left, Crop Right, Crop Top, and Crop Bottom**. Changing these values will crop the bottom and the sides of the video.

## Can I export the short videos to Final Cut Pro?

.xml files can be imported into major video editors, although there may be slight variations in how these editors interpret the xml format. For a smoother experience, we recommend exporting short videos to Adobe Premiere Pro for further editing.


# How to Resolve Instagram Connection Issues (Error 400)
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/instagram-connection-issues



If you're encountering a “**400 Session Invalid**” error when trying to connect your Instagram account to OpusClip, you're likely dealing with a known session issue originating from Instagram. This commonly occurs when the login session has expired, been cached incorrectly, or was never fully initialized, especially with **new or recently changed accounts**.

While the error is generated by Instagram itself (not OpusClip), we’ve compiled several reliable fixes that have worked for users facing this exact issue.

## Troubleshooting Steps

1. Refresh Your Instagram Session

* Log out of Instagram across all browsers and mobile devices
* Close the browser or app entirely
* Log back into your Instagram account
* Then return to OpusClip and try connecting again

2. Clear Cookies and Cache

* Open your browser settings
* Clear browsing data (cookies and cache)
* Restart the browser and retry the connection in OpusClip

3. Try Another Device or Browser

* Use a different browser (e.g., Chrome, Firefox, Safari)
* Or switch between desktop and mobile to eliminate device-specific issues

4. Switch Networks

* Change from Wi-Fi to mobile data, or vice versa
* Network-related session conflicts sometimes resolve with a new IP address

## If Nothing Works Immediately...

This issue sometimes resolves itself after a short delay. If none of the fixes above work:

* Wait **about 1 hour** (it should be a temporary issue)
* Open OpusClip in **incognito/private mode**


# Instagram Login Errors
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/instagram-login-errors



If you see a **"wrong password" error** when connecting your Instagram account—or the connection works but then disconnects immediately—this is usually caused by **account session or login conflicts.**

Follow the steps below to resolve the issue.

1. **Clear your browser data**\
   Clear your **cookies and cache** (especially for Facebook and Instagram), then try again.

2. **Use a private browsing window**\
   Open an **Incognito / Private window** and reconnect your account.

3. **Make sure you're logged into the correct account**
   * Log out of all Facebook and Instagram accounts.
   * Log back in using **only the account you want to connect**.

4. **Disable browser extensions**\
   Temporarily disable extensions such as:

   * Ad blockers
   * Privacy/security plugins

   Then try reconnecting.

5. **Try a different browser or device**\
   If the issue persists, switch to:
   * Another browser (Chrome, Safari, Edge)
   * A different device

6. **Reset your Instagram password**\
   If you're still seeing login errors, reset your password and try again.


# Insufficient Operating Permissions Acquired
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/insufficient-operating-permissions-acquired



## "Insufficient operating permissions acquired. Please confirm that you have selected all permissions on the authentication page."

|                                                                              Cause                                                                             |                         Solution 1                         |                       Solution 2                      |
| :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------: | :--------------------------------------------------------: | :---------------------------------------------------: |
| Facebook is communicating that you do not have sufficient privileges within your Facebook account to share with a trusted third-party platform, like OpusClip. | Reauthorize Facebook's permissions from Facebook Settings. | Ask the owner of the Facebook account for permission. |

**Resources**:

1. **Reauthorize Facebook's Permissions**

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>

2. **[Give, edit, or remove Facebook Page access](https://www.facebook.com/help/187316341316631)**


# Add Intro/Outro Cards
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/intro-outro-cards



Want to add a **call to action (CTA)** or **provide more context** for your clip? With the **Pro plan**, you can enhance your clips by uploading videos or images to use as intro or outro cards. Here's how to do it:

1. **Navigate to the Editor**: Open the specific clip editor page you want to work on.
2. **Upload Media**:
   * Go to the right panel and select "**Media**".
   * Click the "**+ Upload**" area to import the media you wish to use.
3. **Add Media to Intro/Outro**: You can apply the uploaded media in two ways:
   * Click "**Add as Intro**" or "**Add as Outro**"
   * Drag the specific media and drop it into the intro or outro placeholder at the start or end of the clip on the timeline.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Introduction to OpusClip
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/introduction-to-opusclip



OpusClip is the #1 video clipping tool that turns long videos into shorts, and publishes them on all social platforms with one click.

<iframe title="YouTube video player" />

## Getting Started

Before creating your first clips, log in to your account, set up your brand template, and connect your social accounts.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Add Your Brand Template" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M13.9922 17H16.9922M19.9922 17H16.9922M16.9922 17V14M16.9922 17V20" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M4 9.4V4.6C4 4.26863 4.26863 4 4.6 4H9.4C9.73137 4 10 4.26863 10 4.6V9.4C10 9.73137 9.73137 10 9.4 10H4.6C4.26863 10 4 9.73137 4 9.4Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></path><path d="M4 19.4V14.6C4 14.2686 4.26863 14 4.6 14H9.4C9.73137 14 10 14.2686 10 14.6V19.4C10 19.7314 9.73137 20 9.4 20H4.6C4.26863 20 4 19.7314 4 19.4Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></path><path d="M14 9.4V4.6C14 4.26863 14.2686 4 14.6 4H19.4C19.7314 4 20 4.26863 20 4.6V9.4C20 9.73137 19.7314 10 19.4 10H14.6C14.2686 10 14 9.73137 14 9.4Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/things-you-should-set-up-first#brand-templates" />

  <Card title="Add Your Social Accounts" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M14 11.9976C14 9.5059 11.683 7 8.85714 7C8.52241 7 7.41904 7.00001 7.14286 7.00001C4.30254 7.00001 2 9.23752 2 11.9976C2 14.376 3.70973 16.3664 6 16.8714C6.36756 16.9525 6.75006 16.9952 7.14286 16.9952" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M10 11.9976C10 14.4893 12.317 16.9952 15.1429 16.9952C15.4776 16.9952 16.581 16.9952 16.8571 16.9952C19.6975 16.9952 22 14.7577 22 11.9976C22 9.6192 20.2903 7.62884 18 7.12383C17.6324 7.04278 17.2499 6.99999 16.8571 6.99999" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/things-you-should-set-up-first#social-accounts" />

  <Card title="Set Up Your Team Workspace" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M1 20V19C1 15.134 4.13401 12 8 12V12C11.866 12 15 15.134 15 19V20" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round"></path><path d="M13 14V14C13 11.2386 15.2386 9 18 9V9C20.7614 9 23 11.2386 23 14V14.5" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round"></path><path d="M8 12C10.2091 12 12 10.2091 12 8C12 5.79086 10.2091 4 8 4C5.79086 4 4 5.79086 4 8C4 10.2091 5.79086 12 8 12Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M18 9C19.6569 9 21 7.65685 21 6C21 4.34315 19.6569 3 18 3C16.3431 3 15 4.34315 15 6C15 7.65685 16.3431 9 18 9Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/6219255-team-management" />
</CardGroup>

## ClipAnything

ClipAnything is the first-ever multimodal AI clipping that lets you clip any moment from ANY video using visual, audio, and sentiment cues, including videos with little to no dialogue.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="What is ClipAnything?" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" viewBox="0 0 24 24" stroke-width="1.5" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M9.95242 9.62272L11.5109 6.31816C11.711 5.89395 12.289 5.89395 12.4891 6.31816L14.0476 9.62272L17.5329 10.1559C17.9801 10.2243 18.1583 10.7996 17.8346 11.1296L15.313 13.7001L15.9081 17.3314C15.9845 17.7978 15.5168 18.1534 15.1167 17.9331L12 16.2177L8.88328 17.9331C8.48316 18.1534 8.01545 17.7978 8.09187 17.3314L8.68695 13.7001L6.16545 11.1296C5.8417 10.7996 6.01993 10.2243 6.46711 10.1559L9.95242 9.62272Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M22 12L23 12" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M12 2V1" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M12 23V22" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M20 20L19 19" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M20 4L19 5" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M4 20L5 19" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M4 4L5 5" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M1 12L2 12" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/9947095-clip-anything" />

  <Card title="How to use ClipAnything?" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M12 22C17.5228 22 22 17.5228 22 12C22 6.47715 17.5228 2 12 2C6.47715 2 2 6.47715 2 12C2 17.5228 6.47715 22 12 22Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M9 9C9 5.49997 14.5 5.5 14.5 9C14.5 11.5 12 10.9999 12 13.9999" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M12 18.01L12.01 17.9989" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/how-to-use-clipanything" />

  <Card title="ClipAnything Prompt Manual" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M12 21V7C12 5.89543 12.8954 5 14 5H21.4C21.7314 5 22 5.26863 22 5.6V18.7143" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round"></path><path d="M12 21V7C12 5.89543 11.1046 5 10 5H2.6C2.26863 5 2 5.26863 2 5.6V18.7143" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round"></path><path d="M14 19L22 19" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round"></path><path d="M10 19L2 19" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round"></path><path d="M12 21C12 19.8954 12.8954 19 14 19" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M12 21C12 19.8954 11.1046 19 10 19" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/clip-anything-prompt-manual" />
</CardGroup>

## Submit Your Video

Start your first project by importing your original long video from various online platforms or local files.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Video Sources Supported" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M14 12L10.5 14V10L14 12Z" fill="currentColor" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M2 12.7075V11.2924C2 8.39705 2 6.94939 2.90549 6.01792C3.81099 5.08645 5.23656 5.04613 8.08769 4.96549C9.43873 4.92728 10.8188 4.8999 12 4.8999C13.1812 4.8999 14.5613 4.92728 15.9123 4.96549C18.7634 5.04613 20.189 5.08645 21.0945 6.01792C22 6.94939 22 8.39705 22 11.2924V12.7075C22 15.6028 22 17.0505 21.0945 17.9819C20.189 18.9134 18.7635 18.9537 15.9124 19.0344C14.5613 19.0726 13.1812 19.1 12 19.1C10.8188 19.1 9.43867 19.0726 8.0876 19.0344C5.23651 18.9537 3.81097 18.9134 2.90548 17.9819C2 17.0505 2 15.6028 2 12.7075Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/video-sources-supported" />

  <Card title="Video Length Supported" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M15 12V16.4C15 16.7314 14.7314 17 14.4 17H3.6C3.26863 17 3 16.7314 3 16.4V7.6C3 7.26863 3.26863 7 3.6 7H14.4C14.7314 7 15 7.26863 15 7.6V12ZM15 12L20.0159 7.82009C20.4067 7.49443 21 7.77232 21 8.28103V15.719C21 16.2277 20.4067 16.5056 20.0159 16.1799L15 12Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/video-length" />

  <Card title="Video Languages Supported" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M2 12C2 17.5228 6.47715 22 12 22C17.5228 22 22 17.5228 22 12C22 6.47715 17.5228 2 12 2C6.47715 2 2 6.47715 2 12Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M13 2.04932C13 2.04932 16 5.99994 16 11.9999C16 17.9999 13 21.9506 13 21.9506" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M11 21.9506C11 21.9506 8 17.9999 8 11.9999C8 5.99994 11 2.04932 11 2.04932" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M2.62964 15.5H21.3704" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M2.62964 8.5H21.3704" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/video-languages-supported" />
</CardGroup>

## Customize Your Clips

After uploading your video, you can give our AI the specific instructions to tailor the content to your needs.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Add Logo and Fonts" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M18 21V11M18 21L16 18.5M18 21L20 18.5M18 11L16 13M18 11L20 13" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M9 5L9 17M9 17H7M9 17H11" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M15 7V5L3 5L3 7" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/custom-fonts" />

  <Card
    title="Adjust Aspect Ratio"
    icon={<svg width="14" height="21" viewBox="0 0 14 21" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<rect x="12.7539" y="1.5" width="18" height="12" rx="0.45" transform="rotate(90 12.7539 1.5)" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"/>
</svg>}
    href="/docs/article/adjust-the-aspect-ratio"
  />

  <Card title="Choose Clip Length" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M16 7V2.6C16 2.26863 15.7314 2 15.4 2H8.6C8.26863 2 8 2.26863 8 2.6V21.4C8 21.7314 8.26863 22 8.6 22H15.4C15.7314 22 16 21.7314 16 21.4V17M16 7H13M16 7V12M16 12H13M16 12V17M16 17H13" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/select-clip-length" />

  <Card
    title="Clip a Specific Timeframe"
    icon={<svg width="24" height="24" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<path d="M9 2L15 2" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"/>
<path d="M12 9.99609L12 13.9961" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"/>
<path d="M12 22C16.4183 22 20 18.4183 20 14C20 9.58172 16.4183 6 12 6C7.58172 6 4 9.58172 4 14C4 18.4183 7.58172 22 12 22Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"/>
</svg>
}
    href="/docs/article/select-timeframe"
  />

  <Card
    title="Use Prompts to Clip Specific Moments"
    icon={<svg width="24" height="25" viewBox="0 0 24 25" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<path d="M3 21.0625L12 21.0625H21" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"/>
<path d="M12.2218 5.89821L15.0503 3.06978L20 8.01953L17.1716 10.848M12.2218 5.89821L6.61522 11.5048C6.42769 11.6923 6.32233 11.9467 6.32233 12.2119L6.32233 16.7474L10.8579 16.7475C11.1231 16.7475 11.3774 16.6421 11.565 16.4546L17.1716 10.848M12.2218 5.89821L17.1716 10.848" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"/>
</svg>
}
    href="/docs/article/select-keywords"
  />
</CardGroup>

## Get Your Clips

Once you get everything set up and click the "Get clips with one click!", you will see all of the clips on the results page. For videos of different lengths, you may get different amounts of clips.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Number of Clips Generated?" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" viewBox="0 0 24 24" stroke-width="1.5" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M9 5L21 5" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M5 7L5 3L3.5 4.5" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M5.5 14L3.5 14L5.40471 11.0371C5.46692 10.9403 5.50215 10.8268 5.47709 10.7145C5.41935 10.4557 5.216 10 4.5 10C3.50001 10 3.5 10.8889 3.5 10.8889C3.5 10.8889 3.5 10.8889 3.5 10.8889L3.5 11.1111" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M4 19L4.5 19C5.05228 19 5.5 19.4477 5.5 20V20C5.5 20.5523 5.05228 21 4.5 21L3.5 21" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M3.5 17L5.5 17L4 19" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M9 12L21 12" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M9 19L21 19" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/how-many-clips" />

  <Card
    title="Result Page Walkthrough"
    icon={<svg width="24" height="24" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<path d="M2 19V5C2 3.89543 2.89543 3 4 3H20C21.1046 3 22 3.89543 22 5V19C22 20.1046 21.1046 21 20 21H4C2.89543 21 2 20.1046 2 19Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"/>
<path d="M2 6.99609L22 6.99609" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"/>
<path d="M5 5.01L5.01 4.99889" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"/>
<path d="M8 5.01L8.01 4.99889" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"/>
<path d="M11 5.01L11.01 4.99889" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"/>
</svg>

}
    href="/docs/article/get-clips-faq-1"
  />
</CardGroup>

## Edit Your Clips

If you like the clips but want to make some minor tweaks, our in-app video editor has you covered!
With our powerful Editor, you can do both text-based and timeline-based editing.

<CardGroup>
  <Card
    title="Change Layout"
    icon={<svg width="24" height="24" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<path d="M3.6 3.00781H20.4C20.7314 3.00781 21 3.27644 21 3.60781V20.4078C21 20.7392 20.7314 21.0078 20.4 21.0078H3.6C3.26863 21.0078 3 20.7392 3 20.4078V3.60781C3 3.27644 3.26863 3.00781 3.6 3.00781Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"/>
<path d="M9.75 9.75781V21.0078" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"/>
<path d="M3 9.75781H21" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"/>
</svg>
}
    href="/docs/article/apply-the-layouts"
  />

  <Card title="Manual Reframe" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M21 18H6V3" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M3 6H18V21" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/how-to-manually-reframe-content" />

  <Card title="Change Captions" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" viewBox="0 0 24 24" stroke-width="1.5" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M1 15V9C1 5.68629 3.68629 3 7 3H17C20.3137 3 23 5.68629 23 9V15C23 18.3137 20.3137 21 17 21H7C3.68629 21 1 18.3137 1 15Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></path><path d="M10.5 10L10.3284 9.82843C9.79799 9.29799 9.07857 9 8.32843 9V9C6.76633 9 5.5 10.2663 5.5 11.8284V12.1716C5.5 13.7337 6.76633 15 8.32843 15V15C9.07857 15 9.79799 14.702 10.3284 14.1716L10.5 14" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round"></path><path d="M18.5 10L18.3284 9.82843C17.798 9.29799 17.0786 9 16.3284 9V9C14.7663 9 13.5 10.2663 13.5 11.8284V12.1716C13.5 13.7337 14.7663 15 16.3284 15V15C17.0786 15 17.798 14.702 18.3284 14.1716L18.5 14" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/change-captions" />

  <Card title="AI Emojis or Keywords" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M12 22C6.47715 22 2 17.5228 2 12C2 6.47715 6.47715 2 12 2C17.5228 2 22 6.47715 22 12C22 17.5228 17.5228 22 12 22Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M16.5 14.5C16.5 14.5 15 16.5 12 16.5C9 16.5 7.5 14.5 7.5 14.5" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M15.5 9C15.2239 9 15 8.77614 15 8.5C15 8.22386 15.2239 8 15.5 8C15.7761 8 16 8.22386 16 8.5C16 8.77614 15.7761 9 15.5 9Z" fill="currentColor" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M8.5 9C8.22386 9 8 8.77614 8 8.5C8 8.22386 8.22386 8 8.5 8C8.77614 8 9 8.22386 9 8.5C9 8.77614 8.77614 9 8.5 9Z" fill="currentColor" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/ai-emojis-keywords" />

  <Card title="Trim and Extend" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M17 12H17.5H18" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M22 12H22.5H23" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M6.23611 7C6.71115 6.46924 7 5.76835 7 5C7 3.34315 5.65685 2 4 2C2.34315 2 1 3.34315 1 5C1 6.65685 2.34315 8 4 8C4.8885 8 5.68679 7.61375 6.23611 7ZM6.23611 7L19 18" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M6.23611 17C6.71115 17.5308 7 18.2316 7 19C7 20.6569 5.65685 22 4 22C2.34315 22 1 20.6569 1 19C1 17.3431 2.34315 16 4 16C4.8885 16 5.68679 16.3863 6.23611 17ZM6.23611 17L19 6" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/trim-extend-the-video" />

  <Card title="Add Text-Overlay" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" viewBox="0 0 24 24" stroke-width="1.5" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M12 8L12 16M12 8H8M12 8H16" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M21 13.5V19C21 20.1046 20.1046 21 19 21H5C3.89543 21 3 20.1046 3 19V13.5M21 10.5V5C21 3.89543 20.1046 3 19 3H5C3.89543 3 3 3.89543 3 5V10.5" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M19.5 13.5V10.5H22.5V13.5H19.5Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M1.5 13.5V10.5H4.5V13.5H1.5Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/add-text-overlays" />

  <Card
    title="Add Transition Effects"
    icon={<svg width="20" height="16" viewBox="0 0 20 16" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<path d="M8.2424 6.2424L4.20083 2.20083C3.01964 1.01964 1 1.8562 1 3.52665V12.4733C1 14.1438 3.01964 14.9804 4.20083 13.7992L15.7992 2.20082C16.9804 1.01964 19 1.8562 19 3.52665V12.4733C19 14.1438 16.9804 14.9804 15.7992 13.7992L11.9512 9.95117" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.8"/>
</svg>
}
    href="/docs/article/add-transition-effects"
  />

  <Card
    title="Remove Fillers and Pauses"
    icon={<svg width="24" height="25" viewBox="0 0 24 25" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<path d="M8 15.2109C12.8747 15.2109 15 13.16 15 8.21094C15 13.16 17.1104 15.2109 22 15.2109C17.1104 15.2109 15 17.3213 15 22.2109C15 17.3213 12.8747 15.2109 8 15.2109Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linejoin="round"/>
<path d="M2 6.71094C5.13376 6.71094 6.5 5.39247 6.5 2.21094C6.5 5.39247 7.85669 6.71094 11 6.71094C7.85669 6.71094 6.5 8.06763 6.5 11.2109C6.5 8.06763 5.13376 6.71094 2 6.71094Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linejoin="round"/>
</svg>
}
    href="/docs/article/speech-cleanup"
  />

  <Card title="AI B-Roll" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M13 21H3.6C3.26863 21 3 20.7314 3 20.4V3.6C3 3.26863 3.26863 3 3.6 3H20.4C20.7314 3 21 3.26863 21 3.6V13" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M16 19H19M22 19H19M19 19V16M19 19V22" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M9.89768 8.51296C9.49769 8.28439 9 8.57321 9 9.03391V14.9661C9 15.4268 9.49769 15.7156 9.89768 15.487L15.0883 12.5209C15.4914 12.2906 15.4914 11.7094 15.0883 11.4791L9.89768 8.51296Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/ai-broll" />

  <Card title="AI Voiceover" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M12 4L12 20" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M8 9L8 15" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M20 10L20 14" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M4 10L4 14" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M16 7L16 17" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/ai-voiceover" />
</CardGroup>

## Manage Your Clips

You can save and manage your clips.

<Card title="Save Your Projects" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M3 19V5C3 3.89543 3.89543 3 5 3H16.1716C16.702 3 17.2107 3.21071 17.5858 3.58579L20.4142 6.41421C20.7893 6.78929 21 7.29799 21 7.82843V19C21 20.1046 20.1046 21 19 21H5C3.89543 21 3 20.1046 3 19Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></path><path d="M8.6 9H15.4C15.7314 9 16 8.73137 16 8.4V3.6C16 3.26863 15.7314 3 15.4 3H8.6C8.26863 3 8 3.26863 8 3.6V8.4C8 8.73137 8.26863 9 8.6 9Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></path><path d="M6 13.6V21H18V13.6C18 13.2686 17.7314 13 17.4 13H6.6C6.26863 13 6 13.2686 6 13.6Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/saving-your-projects" />

## Publish Your Projects

After selecting your favorite clips, you can easily publish your projects across multiple social platforms.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Add Social Accounts" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M14 11.9976C14 9.5059 11.683 7 8.85714 7C8.52241 7 7.41904 7.00001 7.14286 7.00001C4.30254 7.00001 2 9.23752 2 11.9976C2 14.376 3.70973 16.3664 6 16.8714C6.36756 16.9525 6.75006 16.9952 7.14286 16.9952" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M10 11.9976C10 14.4893 12.317 16.9952 15.1429 16.9952C15.4776 16.9952 16.581 16.9952 16.8571 16.9952C19.6975 16.9952 22 14.7577 22 11.9976C22 9.6192 20.2903 7.62884 18 7.12383C17.6324 7.04278 17.2499 6.99999 16.8571 6.99999" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/add-social-accounts" />

  <Card title="Schedule Your Clips" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M15 4V2M15 4V6M15 4H10.5M3 10V19C3 20.1046 3.89543 21 5 21H19C20.1046 21 21 20.1046 21 19V10H3Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M3 10V6C3 4.89543 3.89543 4 5 4H7" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M7 2V6" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M21 10V6C21 4.89543 20.1046 4 19 4H18.5" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/schedule-clips" />

  <Card title="Customize Your Post" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" viewBox="0 0 24 24" stroke-width="1.5" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M2.90602 17.505L5.33709 3.71766C5.5289 2.62987 6.56621 1.90354 7.654 2.09534L19.4717 4.17912C20.5595 4.37093 21.2858 5.40824 21.094 6.49603L18.6629 20.2833C18.4711 21.3711 17.4338 22.0975 16.346 21.9057L4.52834 19.8219C3.44055 19.6301 2.71421 18.5928 2.90602 17.505Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></path><path d="M8.92902 6.38184L16.8075 7.77102" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round"></path><path d="M8.23444 10.3213L16.1129 11.7105" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round"></path><path d="M7.53986 14.2607L12.4639 15.129" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/9747769-customize-my-posts" />
</CardGroup>

## Export to XML

If you want to make further edits, you can also export your clips as an XML file and edit them in professional editing tools like Adobe Premiere or Davinci Resolve.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Import to Adobe Premiere Pro" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M4 13V19C4 20.1046 4.89543 21 6 21H18C19.1046 21 20 20.1046 20 19V13" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M12 3L12 15M12 15L8.5 11.5M12 15L15.5 11.5" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/import-to-adobe-premiere" />

  <Card title="Import to DaVinci Resolve" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M12 14.5C15.3137 14.5 18 11.8137 18 8.5C18 5.18629 15.3137 2.5 12 2.5C8.68629 2.5 6 5.18629 6 8.5C6 11.8137 8.68629 14.5 12 14.5Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M16 21.5C19.3137 21.5 22 18.8137 22 15.5C22 12.1863 19.3137 9.5 16 9.5C12.6863 9.5 10 12.1863 10 15.5C10 18.8137 12.6863 21.5 16 21.5Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M8 21.5C11.3137 21.5 14 18.8137 14 15.5C14 12.1863 11.3137 9.5 8 9.5C4.68629 9.5 2 12.1863 2 15.5C2 18.8137 4.68629 21.5 8 21.5Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/import-to-davinci-resolve" />
</CardGroup>

## Others

You can find more information in the sections below.

<CardGroup>
  <Card title="Email Notification" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" viewBox="0 0 24 24" stroke-width="1.5" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M14 21H4C2.89543 21 2 20.1046 2 19V5C2 3.89543 2.89543 3 4 3H20C21.1046 3 22 3.89543 22 5V13" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round"></path><path d="M2 7L22 7" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M5 5.01L5.01 4.99889" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M8 5.01L8.01 4.99889" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M11 5.01L11.01 4.99889" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M21.1667 18.5H21.4C21.7314 18.5 22 18.7686 22 19.1V21.4C22 21.7314 21.7314 22 21.4 22H17.6C17.2686 22 17 21.7314 17 21.4V19.1C17 18.7686 17.2686 18.5 17.6 18.5H17.8333M21.1667 18.5V16.75C21.1667 16.1667 20.8333 15 19.5 15C18.1667 15 17.8333 16.1667 17.8333 16.75V18.5M21.1667 18.5H17.8333" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/email-notification-settings" />

  <Card title="Email Log In" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M7 9L12 12.5L17 9" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M2 17V7C2 5.89543 2.89543 5 4 5H20C21.1046 5 22 5.89543 22 7V17C22 18.1046 21.1046 19 20 19H4C2.89543 19 2 18.1046 2 17Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/email-login" />

  <Card title="Billing and Payment" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M3 20.4V3.6C3 3.26863 3.26863 3 3.6 3H20.4C20.7314 3 21 3.26863 21 3.6V20.4C21 20.7314 20.7314 21 20.4 21H3.6C3.26863 21 3 20.7314 3 20.4Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></path><path d="M15 8.5C14.315 7.81501 13.1087 7.33855 12 7.30872M9 15C9.64448 15.8593 10.8428 16.3494 12 16.391M12 7.30872C10.6809 7.27322 9.5 7.86998 9.5 9.50001C9.5 12.5 15 11 15 14C15 15.711 13.5362 16.4462 12 16.391M12 7.30872V5.5M12 16.391V18.5" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/plans-and-credits" />

  <Card title="API" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><rect x="3" y="2" width="7" height="5" rx="0.6" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></rect><rect x="8.5" y="17" width="7" height="5" rx="0.6" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" ></rect><rect x="14" y="2" width="7" height="5" rx="0.6" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" ></rect><path d="M6.5 7V10.5C6.5 11.6046 7.39543 12.5 8.5 12.5H15.5C16.6046 12.5 17.5 11.6046 17.5 10.5V7" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></path><path d="M12 12.5V17" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/api-requests" />

  <Card title="FAQs" icon={<svg width="24px" height="24px" stroke-width="1.5" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" color="currentColor"><path d="M9 9C9 5.49997 14.5 5.5 14.5 9C14.5 11.5 12 10.9999 12 13.9999" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M12 18.01L12.01 17.9989" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path><path d="M12 22C17.5228 22 22 17.5228 22 12C22 6.47715 17.5228 2 12 2C6.47715 2 2 6.47715 2 12C2 13.8214 2.48697 15.5291 3.33782 17L2.5 21.5L7 20.6622C8.47087 21.513 10.1786 22 12 22Z" stroke="currentColor" stroke-width="1.5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"></path></svg>} href="/docs/article/apply-to-become-an-affiliate" />
</CardGroup>


# iOS App Feature Limitations
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/ios-app-feature-limitations



## Which features are currently unavailable on the iOS App?

To help you get the best experience with OpusClip, we'd like to clarify the current differences between the iOS app and the web version. While we continue improving the mobile experience, some features are currently only available on the web version.

## Import

The following import-related features are not available in the iOS app:

* **Google Drive Import:** Importing videos directly from Google Drive is not supported yet on the mobile app.
* **Auto import:** The auto-import setup and management is not supported yet on the mobile app.
* **Custom clip length:** There are current clip length presets available but you cannot set custom clip length during the upload process on the mobile app.

## Export

The following export-related features are not available in the iOS app:

* **Bulk Export / Bulk Download:** Exporting or downloading multiple clips at once is not available yet.
* **XML Export:** You cannot export files compatible with Adobe Premiere Pro or DaVinci Resolve.

## Storage & Auto Save

Currently, the iOS app doesn't support saving to cloud or toggling auto-save on/off. You can still manage these settings from the web version. We're working on bringing this to the app as well.

## Editing & Customization

The iOS app currently offers a streamlined set of editing features. You can:

* Enable or disable captions
* Edit caption style and customize fonts
* Edit individual words in your captions
* Enable or disable AI Emoji and AI Highlights
* Generate clips without captions — the No Caption option is now available as the first tile in the caption selector
* Add image overlays to your videos by choosing the **overlay** option at the bottom of the editor.

**AI enhancements** and **B-roll** are currently not supported. If you need detailed editing or full caption controls, please log in to OpusClip via a desktop browser.

## Brand Templates

You can apply existing Brand Templates to your clips, but you cannot create new templates or modify existing ones within the app yet. If you want to create or edit templates, please log in to OpusClip via a desktop browser.

## Language Support

The iOS app is currently available in English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Dutch, Polish and Portuguese. You can easily switch languages anytime in **Settings > Language** and it is available on iOS 1.3.3 and above.

<Note>
  We're working on adding more languages — if there's a language you'd love to see, tell us and we'll prioritize accordingly.
</Note>

## Billing & Subscription Management

If you subscribed through Stripe on the web, you'll need to manage your billing, invoices, and subscription details from the web version. This isn't available in the iOS app yet.

If you subscribed through In-App Purchase (IAP), check out our article on managing your subscription.

## Social Media Scheduling

You can connect your social accounts and post clips directly from the app to YouTube, TikTok, Instagram, LinkedIn, Facebook, and X. AI-generated titles, descriptions, and hashtags are included for each platform, and you can edit them before posting.

Bulk scheduling and time-based scheduled posting are not available on mobile yet — use the web version for those.

## We're Improving

<Tip>
  🥳 Android is launching in June — and it's almost here. Stay tuned for the launch announcement 🚀
</Tip>

We're actively working to enhance the iOS app and expand feature availability.

Want to see what's coming next? Check out our roadmap and submit your feature requests at our iOS App Feature Request board. Your feedback helps us decide what to build next.


# Keyboard Editing Shortcuts
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/keyboard-precise-editing



## What is the Keyboard Precise Editing feature?

Keyboard Precise Editing allows users to edit their clips faster and with greater precision through keyboard shortcuts. Whether you’re splitting clips, zooming in and out of the timeline, or adjusting the playhead position, these shortcuts will streamline your editing process and improve efficiency.

## What value can I get from the Keyboard Precise Editing feature?

Keyboard Precise Editing opens up a world of possibilities for a quicker, smoother editing experience. It’s perfect for users looking to save time on repetitive tasks, such as splitting or deleting clips, and for those who want precise control over timeline navigation and playback.

## What are the keyboard shortcuts available?

Here are the primary shortcuts you can use with the new Keyboard Precise Editing feature:

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### Moving Between Frames:

* Press the **Right Arrow (->)** to move forward to the next frame of a clip.
  * Each arrow button will move the playhead by 1/30th of a second
* Press the **Left Arrow (\<-)** to move backward to the previous frame of a clip.
  * Each arrow button will move the playhead by 1/30th of a second

### Splitting Clips:

* Press **"D"** or **"CMD + B"** to split a selected clip on the timeline.

### Deleting Clips:

* Press **"Backspace"** to delete a selected clip.

### Changing Playhead Placement:

* Press **"1"** or **"Home"** to send the playhead back to the start of the timeline.
  * For Mac: Press **"Fn + Left Arrow"** (Home).
* Press **"End"** to send the playhead to the end of the timeline.
  * For Mac: Press **"Fn + Right Arrow"** (End).

### Zooming In and Out:

* Press **"-"** to zoom out of the timeline incrementally.
* Press **"+"** to zoom into the timeline incrementally.
* Press **""** to automatically resize the timeline to fit the screen.
  * Example: If you are zoomed way in, hit this button to view the entire timeline quickly.

### Copy and Paste (Coming Soon):

* Press **"Ctrl + C"** to copy a section of the timeline.
* Press **"Ctrl + V"** to paste a section of the timeline.

### Playback Speed (Coming Soon):

* Press **"J"** to rewind in 2x speed.
* Press **"K"** to play or pause.
* Press **"L"** to fast-forward in 2x speed.

## Where can I enable or use these keyboard shortcuts?

These shortcuts are active within the editor's timeline. As soon as you start working on your clips, you can begin using these shortcuts for quicker and more precise editing.

## Can I customize these keyboard shortcuts?

At the moment, these are the default shortcuts available. However, more customization options may be added in the future.

## Which OpusClip plans are able to use the Keyboard Precise Editing feature?

This feature is currently available to all users, regardless of the plan. There is no restriction based on your subscription plan.


# Layout and Reframing
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/layout-and-reframing



### How can I change the layout?

To change the clip layout, navigate to the brand template page by clicking the icon on the left side of your dashboard.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

Then, go to 'Clip layout settings' where you can select the layouts you want to include. We will apply them as applicable. Currently, we support seven layouts:

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* **Fill**: We will focus on the speaker and crop them to fill the 9:16 screen.

* **Fit**: We will crop your original video to a 4:3 aspect ratio and add opaque paddings at the top and bottom to fit the 9:16 screen.

* **Split**: We will show both speakers on the screen. Note that split mode will only work when both speakers appear together in the original video frame.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* **Three**: We will show three speakers on the screen if there are three or more speakers appearing together in the original video frame. It's suitable for interview videos and panel discussions with multiple speakers.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* **Four**: Same as three, we will show four speakers on the screen if there are three or more speakers appearing together in the original video frame.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* **Screenshare**: Screenshare mode requires screenshare content and one speaker. We will automatically place the screen at the top half of screen and speaker at the bottom half. If no screenshare is identified, we will automatically apply alternative layouts.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* **Gameplay**: The **Gameplay layout** is designed for creators aiming to enhance their streams. With a layout of **30% speaker view on top and 70% gameplay below**, it provides the ideal balance between you and the action, boosting engagement and creating a polished, professional look.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

Once you have selected your preferred layout, click "**Save Template**" to view the layout updates.

### How to change layout for the entire clip?

To change the layout of a clip, click "**Clip layout settings**" on the right-side panel, and select a layout in the "Applicable auto layout" section. Your layout will be changed when applicable.

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>

### How to change the layout for a specific segment?

To change the layout of a specific segment, first select the segment on the timeline, then click the "**Layout**" dropdown on the canvas to change the layout for this segment.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### My video has screensharing and it's not framed correctly.

We now support "Screenshare" layout. With this new layout, screenshares will be automatically detected and included in your clips, providing additional information and enhancing your content.

<Note>Only Select "Screenshare" layout when you want to use it.</Note>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### Can I manually adjust the framing to make it more precise?

To manually adjust your video's framing, click the "Crop" icon or double-click the video to open the Manual Reframe window. Then, you can adjust the framing as needed.

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>

### Why is the framing/cropping not precise?

You can try to select the layouts you want the AI to use (if applicable) and click "save and compile" after making changes.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### How to change brand template for my current clip?

To change your brand templates, click the dropdown on the top right side of the editing panel, and select a brand template you want to apply to this clip.

You can also go to the "**Brand template settings**" page to update your brand templates.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### How to adjust my clip's framing?

To have more control on the appearance of your video, simply click the "**Crop**" icon or double-click the video to open the Manual Reframe window. Then, you can easily adjust the framing to get the perfect view.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Can I Link a Short to the Original Long Video?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/link-shorts-to-original-video



Currently, YouTube does allow creators to **manually link a Short to a longer video using the YouTube Studio** interface. When you set a related video, viewers will see a clickable link below your Short, making it easy for them to watch the full version.

However, **YouTube does not yet allow this to be done through their public API**. This means platforms like OpusClip cannot automatically set the original video link for you at the time of publishing.

If you want to link a Short to its full-length video:

* You will need to manually add a related video inside **YouTube Studio** after the Short is uploaded.
* Alternatively, you can include a direct link to the full video in the **Short's description** or as a **pinned comment** to guide your viewers.

YouTube Official Tutorial can be found [here](https://support.google.com/youtube/answer/14075157?hl=en#:~:text=Add%20a%20related%20video).

We're closely monitoring updates from YouTube and will integrate this feature automatically if API support becomes available!


# Local File Uploads
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/local-file-uploads



### Can I upload local files?

You can upload a local file that's **no more than 10GB and up to 10 hours long**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

**NOTE:** Videos with non-integer frame rates are not currently supported. If your video has a non-integer frame rate, please upload it to **YouTube** first and drop the YouTube link as a workaround. YouTube will automatically convert it to a supported format.


# Manage subscription through IAP (In-App Purchase)
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/manage-subscription-iap



If you subscribed to OpusClip through the iOS App Store, all subscription management (downgrades, cancellations, renewals, refunds, etc.) is handled directly by Apple. Below are the steps for managing your subscription.

## Accessing Your Subscription

1. Open your iPhone Settings
2. Tap your **Apple ID / Apple Account** (your name at the top)
3. Select **Subscriptions**
4. Find **OpusClip** in the list
   <Note>Apple only allows one subscription per app per Apple ID.  If you've already purchased a subscription with a specific Apple ID, you won’t be able to use that same Apple ID to subscribe again for a different OpusClip account. However, you can still purchase for that account via [OpusClip Web App](https://clip.opus.pro/subscription).</Note>

## Downgrade to a Lower Plan

1. Follow the steps of **Accessing Your Subscription**
2. Tap **See All Plans**
3. Select a lower-tier plan
   <Note>The change only takes effect at the end of the current billing cycle (not immediately). Before the current cycle ends, you can cancel the downgrade anytime by re-selecting your original plan.</Note>

## Re-subscribe or Renew

If your subscription has expired or you canceled it:

1. Follow the steps of **Accessing Your Subscription**
2. Tap “**Renew**”

## Cancel Your Subscription

1. Follow the steps of **Accessing Your Subscription**
2. Tap **Cancel Subscription**.
   <Note>Your subscription will remain active until the end of the current billing cycle.</Note>

## Upgrade to a Higher Plan

1. Open the **OpusClip** app.
2. Go to the **Subscription** in your account menu
3. Tap **Upgrade** and select your desired plan.
   <Note>The change takes effect immediately. Apple will issue a prorated refund for the original subscription.</Note>

## Add More Packs

Currently, the iOS app only supports purchasing **one pack**. If you need additional packs, you need to:

1. Cancel your IAP subscription via the above steps
2. Go to the [OpusClip Web App](https://clip.opus.pro/subscription) and subscribe there to [purchase more packs](https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/7285187-credit-related-questions#adding-more-packs).

## Request a Refund

Refunds are processed by Apple, not OpusClip. Visit [Apple's refund request page](https://reportaproblem.apple.com/) and follow the instructions.


# My account shows as free, but I am still getting billed
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/my-account-shows-as-free-still-getting-billed



You may find that you are being charged for an OpusClip Pro or Starter Plan yet your account shows as Free on your subscription dashboard.

Before reaching out to the Support Team, please check any potential email addresses of yours that you may have used at the time of sign up. Although you may be billed under one email, your user email address can be a different one!

For example, you may have initially signed in and created your OpusClip Account with [EmailExample1@email.com](mailto:EmailExample1@email.com) and used [EmailExample2@email.com](mailto:EmailExample2@email.com) for your billing email address.

In this case, if you sign into OpusClip with [EmailExample2@email.com](mailto:EmailExample2@email.com) (the Billing Email Address) you will see it is as a Free Account which can cause confusion. You will need to try and log into [EmailExample1@email.com](mailto:EmailExample1@email.com) (User Email Address) to see that there is an active subscription you are being charged for.


# What are OpusClip's data security standards?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/opusclip-data-security-standards



OpusClip is compliant with SOC 2 Type II cybersecurity standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA). We undertake a SOC 2 Type II audit by an independent third-party auditor every year, and the latest certifications and reports are shared in our [Trust Center](https://trust.opus.pro/).


# Does OpusClip use my data to train AI models?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/opusclip-data-training



For individual (non-enterprise) users, we **may** use your data to improve our AI models and enhance the quality of our services. We take privacy seriously — any data used for training is carefully selected and stripped of personally identifiable information.

For enterprise customers, we **do not** use your data to train AI models. Data usage terms for enterprise clients are governed by contract.

If you’re interested in enterprise solutions or would like more control over your data, please contact our sales team."


# OpusSearch
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/opussearch



## What is OpusSearch?

OpusSearch turns your video library into a searchable, reusable content engine — so you can grow faster without recording anything new.

Most creators and teams spend hours re-watching old videos to find the right moments. OpusSearch removes that friction. It indexes your content, understands what's in it, and lets you search by topic, speaker, vibe, or phrase — so you can surface, repurpose, and publish clips in seconds.

### What you can do with OpusSearch

* Search your entire video library for any topic, phrase, person, or mood
* Find relevant clips from old videos and turn them into new posts
* Discover what's trending in your content and act on it quickly
* Organize your best clips into collections and find them in seconds
* Auto-import new videos from YouTube so your library always stays fresh
* Share access with your team and collaborate on content discovery

### When does OpusSearch become available?

After your content is connected (via YouTube auto import or manual upload), OpusSearch indexes each video — analyzing transcripts, topics, speakers, mood, and key moments. You'll see an "Indexing in progress" screen while this runs. When indexing is complete, Search becomes available automatically.

**Tip:** The more videos you have, the longer indexing may take. Grab a coffee and check back soon!

## How to use OpusSearch

### Set up your library

When you first open Search, you'll see a setup flow. Owners and admins complete this to get the team up and running.

* **Connect your YouTube account** — Click Connect Account, sign in, and select which playlists or channels to index. New videos published to those playlists will be imported and indexed automatically.
* **Configure Video index settings** — Control which channels and playlists feed into OpusSearch. Access it anytime from Profile menu → Video index settings.
* **Invite your team** — Click "Invite members" on the top right. You can name your team, set a logo for the team, and invite team members for collaboration.

**Note on access:** Owners and admins have full access to setup and team management. Team members will see a waiting screen until the setup is complete.

### Search for any moment

Go to Search in the app (desktop only) and type what you're looking for in your own words.

Examples:

* "best moments about building habits"
* "funny reaction moments"
* "the part where they explain the pricing model"
* "inspiring story about failure"

**Tip:** For exact phrase matches, wrap your query in quotes: `"we need to talk"` or `"credit card"`

### Preview results

Click any clip card to preview the moment and confirm it's what you need.

### Refine with filters

Use the filter panel on the right to narrow results by **People**, **Topics**, **Mood**, or **Duration**. Sort by Relevancy, Recently added, or Oldest added.

### Export in bulk

Switch to Select mode to choose multiple clips and download or export them together — useful for building a batch of clips for a channel or a themed content drop.

Your recent searches are saved on the Search landing page, so you can quickly return to previous queries.

## OmniSearch

OmniSearch is a global search modal that lives across the entire app. It's the fastest way to find anything — a clip, a project, a collection, a setting, or to kick off AI generation — without navigating away from where you are.

### How to open it

* **Mac:** `Command + K`
* **Windows / Linux:** `Ctrl + K`
* Press `Escape` to close or clear your search

### Tabs

| Tab             | What it does                                                                            |
| --------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **All**         | Combined view of clips, projects, and collections (up to 5 of each)                     |
| **Clips**       | Search your indexed clip library                                                        |
| **Projects**    | Find any project by title                                                               |
| **Collections** | Find any collection by name                                                             |
| **Navigation**  | Jump anywhere in the app: Dashboard, Editor, Analytics, Settings, Help Center, and more |
| **Generate**    | Trigger Clip Copilot and AI generation tools (My projects or inside a project only)     |

### Keyboard shortcuts

* **Alt + 1–5** (Windows) / **Option + 1–5** (Mac) — Switch between tabs in OmniSearch
* **↑ / ↓** — Move through results
* **Enter** — Open selected result
* **Escape** — Close or clear

### OmniSearch vs. Search page — when to use which

* Find a clip from your library → Clips tab (OmniSearch) or Search page
* Find a project by title → Projects tab (OmniSearch)
* Navigate to a page quickly → Navigation tab (OmniSearch)
* Start AI generation → Generate tab
* Browse, filter, and bulk export clips → Search page

## My projects & Collections

**My projects** is your library home base — all your projects, organized in one place. From here you can browse projects, create a new collection, or submit a new video for indexing.

To get there: click **My projects** in the app navigation, or open OmniSearch → Navigation → My projects.

### Collections

Collections let you group related clips together by campaign, client, series, or any theme. You can search collections by name directly in OmniSearch → Collections tab. For the full guide on creating and managing collections, see [Collections](/docs/article/collections).

<Note>
  Collections are available on **Trial, Pro, Max, and Business** plans.
</Note>

## Trends

Trends shows you which topics are gaining traction in your library right now — so you can surface the right clips and publish at the right moment.

On the Search landing page (before you type anything), scroll down to **Trending in your content**. Click any trending topic to see the related clips immediately.

### Using Trends in your workflow

1. Open Search and browse Trending in your content
2. Spot a topic that's gaining traction
3. Click the topic to see related clips
4. Export the best moments and publish

You can also refresh trends for an updated view, or give feedback (thumbs up / thumbs down) to improve suggestions over time.

## Tips & Filters

### Search tips

* **Use natural language.** Describe the moment the way you'd explain it: "the part where they talk about fear of failure," not just "fear."
* **Use quotes for exact phrases.** Wrap a specific phrase in quotes to match it literally: `"that's the secret"`
* **Start broad, then filter.** Search something general and narrow down using filters.
* **Try synonyms.** If results are thin, try a different word for the same concept.
* **Check Most Recent Clips** if search feels empty — this confirms whether your content has been indexed yet.

### Filters

* **People** — Filter by speaker or person who appears in the clip
* **Topics** — Filter by detected topic or category (e.g. marketing, health, money)
* **Mood** — Filter by emotional tone (upbeat, serious, funny, inspiring, etc.)
* **Duration** — Filter by clip length (under 15 sec, 15–60 sec, etc.)

**Tip:** Filters only appear when OpusSearch has that data for your clips. Videos with clear audio and focused content tend to get richer filter options.

### Sorting

* **Relevancy** — Best match first
* **Recently added** — Most recently indexed clips first
* **Oldest added** — Oldest indexed clips first

## FAQ

### General

**Is OpusSearch available to everyone?**

Access depends on your plan and organization. If you see "no permission to access search," contact your org admin or reach out to support.

**Is OpusSearch available on mobile?**

OpusSearch is currently desktop-only.

**Can my team use OpusSearch together?**

Yes. As an owner or admin, invite team members from Team settings. Once indexed, everyone on the team can search the same library.

### Setup & Indexing

**Why am I seeing "Indexing in progress"?**

Your content is being prepared for search. Indexing runs in the background and can take some time depending on how many videos you have. Search becomes available automatically when it's done.

**I connected YouTube but don't see my videos. What's wrong?**

Make sure you selected at least one playlist or channel in Video index settings. If you did, check back in a few minutes — indexing takes time.

### Search Results

**Why am I getting no results for my search?**

Try these in order: remove quotes and simplify the query → use fewer or broader words → try a synonym → apply fewer filters → check Most Recent Clips to confirm content is indexed.

**Why do some clips have fewer details (no topics, no mood)?**

Details like topics, speakers, and mood depend on what OpusSearch detected during indexing. Videos with clear audio and focused content tend to get richer metadata.

**Can I search for a specific person in my videos?**

Yes, use the People filter if your content has been indexed with speaker detection.

### Access & Permissions

**I'm a team member and Search isn't available yet. What do I do?**

Your owner or admin needs to finish setup. Let them know, or check via OmniSearch → Navigation → Manage your team.

**I don't see the Generate tab in OmniSearch.**

The Generate tab is only available when you're on the My projects page or inside a project. Navigate there first, then open OmniSearch.

### Still stuck?

Open OmniSearch → Navigation → Help Center, or contact support from your profile menu.


# Pause or Cancel a Free Trial
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/pause-or-cancel-a-free-trial



At this moment, we do not support pausing a Free Trial Pro Account. A Free Trial Pro Account will automatically convert to a Free Forever Account after 7 days.

If you'd like to delete your account during your free trial, please follow the guided tour [here](https://clip.opus.pro/dashboard?\&product_tour_id=590685).


# Payments & Billing info
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/payments-and-billing-info



## How are subscription payments processed?

Opus Clip processes subscription payments automatically via Stripe, using the credit card information you provide and in accordance with your chosen billing cycle. Please note that we currently only accept payment methods supported by Stripe. If any suspicious payment activity is detected by either us or Stripe, due to potential fraud, we reserve the right to suspend your account and forfeit any existing credits.

## Do I need to enter a credit card to try Opus Clip?

If you are in one of the countries we serve at full capacity, no. There's no need to provide credit card details to begin your free trial with Opus Clip. You can start creating clips right away.

If you wish to continue using Opus Clip beyond the trial period, you can upgrade to a paid plan or join the free plan, which provides additional video upload hours each month or year.

## I want to update my billing information

You can update your billing and invoice in the Billing & Invoice details at the Subscription dashboard. Any changes will take effect at the start of the next billing cycle.

And we are working on the feature to have the option to add VAT numbers. It should be here soon!

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## How can I change my bank card info on your website?

1. Click ”Billing & Invoice details” on ”Subscription” page:

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Click ”Add payment method“:

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. After adding the new card, you can choose the new card as ”make default” and ”Delete” the old one.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I pay with UPI? (India only)

Yes. If you're in India, you can pay for any paid plan using UPI via Stripe.

1. Go to checkout and select UPI as your payment method.
2. Enter your name and billing address (India is pre-filled).
3. Click **Subscribe** — a QR code will appear. Scan it with any UPI app (Google Pay, PhonePe, Paytm, etc.) to complete payment.

## ACH and Wire transfer

ACH and wire transfer are only available for OpusClip Business Plan. If you need such payment options, please fill out this form: [https://www.opus.pro/contact](https://www.opus.pro/contact)


# Plans
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/plans-and-credits



# What Kind of Plans Do You Offer?

## Free Forever

Our Free Plan is our basic plan but is free forever! You can take advantage of the following benefits without needing to pay such as:

1. 60 processing minutes per month
2. AI Captions with emojis and keyword highlighter
3. Importing video sources from YouTube and local files
4. 1 Brand Template

## Starter

Our Starter Plan is our mid level plan just above the Free Forever Plan but below the Pro Plan. With the Starter Plan you can enjoy benefits such as:

1. 150 processing minutes per month
2. Faster processing time compared to Free and Trial users
3. Additional importing video sources from Google Drive, Vimeo, Zoom, Rumble, StreamYard
4. Editing capability
5. Social media posting to YouTube, TikTok, and Instagram
6. And much more!

## Pro

Our Pro Plan is our top tier plan that offers great value compared to our Starter Plan! With the Pro Plan you can enjoy the following benefits, such as:

1. 300 processing minutes per month or 3,600 per year (depending on if you opt for a monthly Pro Plan or an annual Pro Plan)
2. Even more importing video sources such as Twitch, Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter/X, Dropbox, Loom, Riverside, Frame.io, StreamYard, Apple Podcast, Zoom Link, [Medal.tv](https://medal.tv/). See the full list of [supported video sources](/docs/article/video-sources-supported).
3. Access to 16:9, 1:1, and 9:16 aspect ratios for your clips
4. The ability to export to Adobe Premiere Pro & DaVinci Resolve
5. Even more social media posting to X, Facebook and Linkedin
6. Social media scheduling to YouTube, Instagram, TikTok, Linkedin, Facebook, and X
7. Access to Team Workspaces to collaborate!
   * Each pack includes 2 users. Adding additional packs will allot you 2 more users. Up to 4 users max per Team Workspace.
8. The ability to save your projects to your 100GB cloud storage
   * Custom assets and overlays will share the same storage
9. AI B-Roll generation
10. And much more!

<Note>The Pro Plan is our only plan that is offered on a monthly or yearly cycle. It is also the only plan that allows you to add more packs to gain more credits and seats (up to a maximum of 4 seats at 2 packs). For more information, check out our pricing plans [here](https://www.opus.pro/pricing).</Note>

## Business

For organizations that need over 10 seats, large volume usage, custom solutions, or API, please fill out this form: [https://www.opus.pro/contact](https://www.opus.pro/contact)

All video sources available in the Pro plan are also included in Business. See the full list of [supported video sources](/docs/article/video-sources-supported).

# How do I cancel or downgrade my subscription?

## Cancel your plan

**A quick heads-up! By canceling, you'll lose some awesome features like:**

* **More credits** — Create and publish more engaging clips with ease of mind.
* **Virality score** — Know your content's viral potential.
* **Watermark-free videos** — Export clean, professional-quality content
  **Are you absolutely sure you want to cancel?** After **3 days**, your projects won't be accessible anymore. 😢

  🔗 **Take another look at your projects, your creativity deserves it!**

You can easily cancel or downgrade your subscription from your Opus Clip subscription page. To access your subscription page, navigate to your Dashboard and click the **Crown** icon in the bottom left sidebar. Any changes will take effect at the start of the next billing cycle.

Click [here](https://clip.opus.pro/subscription?utm_source=intercom-subscription-page-link) to easily enter your subscription page!

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Downgrade your plan

If you find that your usage is lower than anticipated, or basic features suffice for your needs, you have the flexibility to downgrade your plan from Pro to Starter, or remove packs to reduce costs.

## Downgrade to Starter plan

You can change from Pro plan to Starter plan by clicking on “Change plan” button on the subscription page. The change takes effect at the end of the current billing cycle, so you can continue to enjoy the benefits of your current plan until then.

<Warning>**Important Note**: You can only downgrade a **Pro Monthly** account to a Starter plan, as they are both Monthly plan types. If you'd like to downgrade a Pro Yearly to a Starter plan, please first cancel your plan, and then resubscribe under a Starter plan.</Warning>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Reduce pack number

If you have more than one pack, you can also reduce the number of packs you purchase each month by clicking on the “Add or remove packs/seats” button. The change takes effect at the end of the current billing cycle, so you can continue to enjoy the benefits of your current plan until then.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Downgrade to Free Plan

If you don't want to continue your subscription, we also have a Free plan provided for you, and you will get 60 minutes of credits immediately when you do so.

However, since your videos will be watermarked if you change to the Free plan, we won't allow you to change to Free plan unless you have less than 30 minutes of credits left.

If you have more than 30 minutes of credits and you want to discontinue your subscription, you should cancel instead.

The change takes place immediately, which means that you will lose all your paid features when you downgrade to the Free plan.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Can I just buy extra credits or extra seats?

At this time, you can't only buy extra credits or just extra seats for your team. You will need to purchase an additional pack which will grant you additional processing credits and seats.

* Each additional pack provides 300 more credits per month for video processing
* Each additional pack provides 2 additional team seats, up to a maximum of 4 seats (reached at 2 packs)


# Post to X (formerly Twitter)
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/post-to-x



OpusClip gives **Pro and Enterprise** users two ways to post to **X**:

* **Post Now** - Instantly sends your clip to your connected **X** account and publishes it to your public feed.
* **Schedule** - Lets you select a future date and time for the post to go live, directly from within the OpusClip platform.

This feature allows for fast, flexible distribution to **X** without needing to leave your workflow. Each **X** Post consumes **1 credit**, and you can post up to **150 posts per day**.

## Post on X (formerly Twitter)

1. **Navigate to your project**: Open your project's results page.
2. **Select Clips**: Click on the calendar icon to post or schedule your chosen clip

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. **Publish to X**:

* **Select account**: Select the **X** platform you want to post to
* **Credit Usage**: Credit usage for each post will be indicated beside your account name, and total credit usage is shown at the bottom of the page.
* **Post/Schedule**:  Click on "Post Now" to post immediately or click on "Select time" to schedule your clip. Your credits will be automatically deducted.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

# FAQ – X Posts (formerly Twitter)

## How many credits does an X post consume?

Each **X** Post consumes **1 credit**. You'll see the total credit usage displayed at the bottom of the posting window, next to the “Schedule” and “Post Now” buttons.

## Can I schedule posts to X?

Yes. You can schedule a clip to be published at any future date and time using the "**Select Time**" button.

## How do I edit or delete a scheduled X Post?

Go to the Calendar page in the left-hand thumbnail toolbar. From there, you can click on the desired clip and edit the caption or scheduled time, or delete the post entirely. If you delete your post, your credit will be automatically refunded.

## If I delete a scheduled X Post, will I get my credit back?

Yes. If you delete a scheduled post, the credit is automatically refunded to your account.

## What happens if my post fails to publish? Will I get my credit back?

If the post fails due to connection issues or platform errors, the credit is automatically refunded. No action is required.

## How many times can I post to X per day?

You can post or schedule up to 150 times per day.

## Can I edit the caption before posting?

Yes. You'll have the option to customize the caption and hashtags before clicking “**Post Now**” or "**Select Time**". After posting, any edits must be made manually on **X**.

## Where does the post appear after publishing?

It will appear immediately on your connected **X** profile in your public feed.

## What if I don't see my post on X?

Make sure your **X** account is still connected. Check your Post History in OpusClip and refresh your profile. If the post fails, your credit will have already been refunded.


# Posting Rate Limits
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/posting-rate-limits



Social media platforms have different rate limits for posts being scheduled based on their Developer API that we must use for our Scheduler features.

* **X (Twitter)**: 150 per day

<Warning>There's also a daily cap on the total number of posts allowed from OpusClip, across all users—not just an individual limit. If you are blocked by the daily cap, please try again tomorrow.</Warning>

* **TikTok**: 4 per minute, 15 per day
* **Instagram**: 40 per day
* **YouTube**: soft limit of 15 per day. Any posts after the first 15 on any given 24 hour period might fail to publish.


# What is your Privacy Policy?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/privacy-policy



All users who sign up for an online account with OpusClip must agree to our Privacy Policy, which can be found here: [https://www.opus.pro/privacy-policy](https://www.opus.pro/privacy-policy)


# Requesting a feature?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/request-a-feature



Submit your request via this [link](https://opusclip.canny.io/feature-requests), and post your feature request up there. We prioritize feature requests with the most upvotes onto our roadmap, and will notify you once the feature you requested or supported is under review/planned/completed!


# Resolving Recent YouTube Video Upload Issues
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/resolving-youtube-upload-issues



Recently, users have faced challenges uploading videos from YouTube links due to YouTube's download policy updates. These changes have temporarily increased failure rates for YouTube link uploads.

## Alternative Upload Methods

If you're experiencing issues with YouTube links, consider using these alternative methods to upload your videos to OpusClip:

1. **Local Uploads:** Download the video to your device and upload it directly. You can download your videos from YouTube Studio. We support local uploads with a maximum file size of 10GB.
2. **Other Supported Sources:** You can also upload videos from the following platforms:
   * Apple Podcast
   * Google Drive
   * Vimeo
   * Zoom
   * Zoom Clips
   * Rumble
   * Twitch
   * Facebook
   * LinkedIn
   * X
   * Dropbox
   * Riverside
   * Loom
   * Frame.io
   * StreamYard
   * [Medal.tv](https://medal.tv/)

## Our Commitment

Our team is diligently working to accommodate to the latest YouTube changes. We are dedicated to restoring seamless functionality as quickly as possible.

We appreciate your patience and understanding during this time. Thank you for choosing OpusClip.


# Saving Your Projects
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/saving-your-projects



## How long will OpusClip save my projects?

To ensure a cost-effective service for our large user base, OpusClip cannot store all projects indefinitely. The storage duration depends on your current plan:

* **Trial users**: Projects expire **7 days** after creation
* **Free plan**: Projects expire **3 days** after creation
* **Starter plan**: Projects expire **30 days** after creation
* **Pro plan**: Projects expire **30 days** after creation

## Can I keep my projects for more than 30 days?

Yes! **Pro plan users** have the option to save projects permanently by storing them in the cloud. Every Pro user receives **100GB of cloud storage** in total for their saved projects and uploaded assets. (learn more in [Cloud Storage](/docs/article/cloud-storage))

<Warning>To ensure you don't lose important work, we strongly recommend saving critical projects and clips locally to your computer, even if you're using cloud storage.</Warning>

* **Pro plan users** can manually save individual projects to cloud storage.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* **Pro plan users** can enable **auto-save** to automatically store all future projects in the cloud.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## What happens when a project expires?

Once a project expires, it will be automatically removed from My projects page and can no longer be recovered. To avoid losing access, please do one of the following before your project expires:

* Save it to cloud storage
* Make your edits and export the clip before expiration


# Schedule Your Clips
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/schedule-clips



## Schedule your post from the project page

You can schedule and post your clips to your social platforms directly from the results page:

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Schedule your posts using the social media calendar

To schedule your posts from the calendar page, please:

1. Click “Calendar” in the middle left navigation bar
2. Choose your desired date on the calendar
3. From there, choose the clips and platforms for your posts. Our AI will auto-generate descriptions and hashtags
   You can upload your local videos and schedule them from the calendar.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Cancel scheduled posts

1. Click the **Calendar** tab on the side bar.
2. Find your scheduled post in the calendar and click on it.
3. Click the **Delete** button on the popup and delete the scheduled post.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<Tip>
  You can also post clips directly from the **OpusClip iOS app**. Tap the scheduler icon on any clip to open the post page, edit your title and description, select platforms, and publish.
</Tip>


# Scheduler FAQ
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/scheduler-faq



* [Instagram Connection](/docs/article/connecting-your-instagram-account)
* [Troubleshooting: Posting to Social Accounts](/docs/article/scheduler-faq-troubleshoot)
* [Other Scheduler Related Questions](/docs/article/scheduler-faq-other)


# Other Scheduler Related Questions
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/scheduler-faq-other



## Can I upload my local video to schedule on OpusClip?

Yes, you can! Here is how you can do this:

1. Go to the Social Media Calendar

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Select a date to post

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. Upload your local video

<div>
  <img />
</div>

### Limitations

We only support mp4 files and files under 200MB for now.
If you are uploading a TikTok video, please make sure that the FPS is above 23 to comply with platform rules.

## What happens when I edit and save a clip in a scheduled post?

When you schedule a post, we will save the version of the clip at the time when the post is created. Therefore, if you edit and save the clip again after scheduling it, the changes will not be reflected in the scheduled post. You can schedule the clip again after editing it.

## Can I schedule posts beyond my project expiration date?

Yes, you can schedule posts to a date even after your projects expire.
We will save the clip when you create the posting schedule, so it won't be influenced by your project expiration. Even if you lose access to your project, your scheduled post will still be sent out.

## Why are my posts delayed for 1 minute when I schedule them?

We will delay your posting schedule for 1 minute if there is already an existing one at the same time for the same account.
Many platforms will detect if you are using automated posting tools, and will cause your posts to fail if you post too frequently. Due to this, we will add a slight delay between posts when posting.

### Post immediately

For Pro plan users, you can post real time posts to YouTube, TikTok, Instagram, LinkedIn, Facebook Pages and X (Beta version).
For Starter plan users, you can post real time posts to YouTube, TikTok and Instagram.

### Schedule future posts

For Pro plan users, we support multiple Social Media Scheduler: YouTube, TikTok Feed, Instagram Reels, Facebook Page, LinkedIn, X (Beta version) and more is coming!
For Starter plan users, you can only post real time posts.
You can schedule posts simply by clicking on “Schedule” and post your content anytime you want!

## Facebook Account Limitations

Note that we currently only support connections to Facebook Page due to limitations with Meta's API. Connections to Facebook Profiles and Facebook Groups are not supported for now.

## How many accounts can I add to each social media platform?

Our Pro plan users can connect multiple accounts to each social media platform, up to a max of 6 total social media accounts.
To add multiple accounts for one platform, simply choose “Add Accounts” and select that platform again.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## How can I manage my social account connections?

You can remove or add social account connections by selecting “Social accounts” in the dropdown menu.
Note that your future posting schedules will be canceled once you remove your social connection. We will delete all your account information from our systems when you remove your account.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Reauthorize my account

Your social accounts might sometimes get disconnected from OpusClip. This happens because we use APIs from social platforms like YouTube, Instagram, and TikTok to post clips to your accounts. As a security measure, these platforms periodically require you to reconnect your account to OpusClip. If you don't reauthorize your social accounts, you won't be able to post your clips through OpusClip.

* This issue is most common with Instagram and Facebook.


# Troubleshooting: Posting to Social Accounts
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/scheduler-faq-troubleshoot



## Why Did My Clip Post to YouTube as a Normal Video and Not a Short?

In order for your clip to be posted as a YouTube Short, it must meet the following requirements:

* Must be in Vertical Layout (9:16)
* The video length must be under 180 Seconds

If your clip meets these requirements and still isn't being posted as a short, please reach out to our support team!

## Why Are My Facebook Clips Not Posting As Reels when Using the Scheduler?

Currently, we cannot autopost to Facebook Reels using the Scheduler. This is due to a limitation by Meta. Any video submitted to Facebook using the scheduler will be submitted as a normal video on your Facebook Feed.

To post this clip as a reel, you will have to manually post it directly to Facebook and make sure it meets the following requirements:

* Must be in Vertical Layout (9:16)
* The video length must be under 180 Seconds


# Select your Clip Length
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/select-clip-length



You can select your clip length before processing a project by using the **CoPilot feature**.

By default, the **Clip Length** is set to **Auto (0m-3m)**. Click on it to choose your preferred length from the dropdown menu.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Use Prompts to Clip Specific Moments
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/select-keywords



You can prompt specific moments using ClipBasic or ClipAnything:

**ClipBasic**: Input keywords to help AI identify relevant moments in the video. Ensure the keywords are present in the speech or transcript for accurate results.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

**ClipAnything**: Use natural language prompts, sentences or keywords to locate scenes, actions, characters, events, emotional moments, viral topics, and more.
To learn more about prompts, please visit [ClipAnything Prompts Manual](/docs/article/clip-anything-prompt-manual).

You can use prompts to get clips in two ways in ClipAnything:

1. Before project submission in the clips settings section:

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. In the result page near the top of the screen:

<Tip>Tip: You can reprompt as many times as you like to get more clips, if you are not satisfied with the results. You will also find suggested prompts that you can try in the input box, and clicking on it will start the process.</Tip>

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Translate Subtitles to Another Language
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/select-subtitle-language



You can translate captions to another language before clipping your video.

After adding your video file or link, click **Get Clips in 1 Click > Speech Language**. Select **Translate To** to choose the language for translation (currently, only English is supported).

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Clip a Specific Timeframe
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/select-timeframe



If you only need to process a specific portion of a 2-hour video, OpusClip makes it easy!

Use our **Co-Pilot** feature to select and clip a specific timeframe from your video. After submitting your video, simply choose the desired start and end times to focus on just the part you need.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Set a Custom Thumbnail
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/set-a-custom-thumbnail



Your cover image is the first thing people see—make it count. Instead of relying on an auto-selected frame, you can now pick the perfect moment from your video or upload your own image before posting.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## How to set a thumbnail

1. Open a clip and click **Publish to Social Media**
2. Click **Edit cover** on the video preview
3. Choose how you want to set your thumbnail:
   * **Reselect** — scrub through your video and pick any moment as the cover
   * **Upload file** — upload your own photo as the thumbnail

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Other ways to enter thumbnail selection

You can also set your thumbnail from:

* **Calendar** — schedule a video directly from the calendar view to access thumbnail selection
* **Bulk Schedule** — when scheduling multiple posts at once, you can set thumbnails from the bulk schedule flow

## Apply cover to all posts at once

If your clip is being posted across multiple platforms, you don't have to set the thumbnail one by one. After selecting your cover, click **Apply cover to all posts** to use the same thumbnail everywhere.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Edit a thumbnail after scheduling

Already scheduled a post? You can still update the cover. Click on a scheduled post then click on OpusClip's Scheduler, click **Reschedule** and click **Edit cover** to make your changes.

## Platform availability

Thumbnail selection is available on:

| **Platform**                | **Supported** |
| --------------------------- | ------------- |
| TikTok                      | ✅             |
| Instagram                   | ✅             |
| Facebook                    | ✅             |
| LinkedIn                    | ✅             |
| YouTube (videos over 3 min) | ✅             |
| YouTube Shorts              | ❌             |
| X                           | ❌             |

<Tip>
  For platforms that don't support custom thumbnails, we will default to your first frame.
</Tip>

## FAQ

### Can I upload any image as a thumbnail?

Yes—JPEG and PNG files are supported. If the aspect ratio doesn't match your clip, you'll be able to reframe it before confirming.

### Can I change the thumbnail after I've already posted?

Thumbnail changes after posting depend on each platform's own settings. We recommend setting it before you publish.

### I don't see the Edit cover button. Why?

Thumbnail selection is available on Pro and Enterprise plans.


# Share Projects with Collaborators
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/share-project



<Warning> **Are you sure your content is safe to share publicly?**
If you set your projects as **Public**, your content will be accessible to anyone with the link. Please ensure it is safe to share.</Warning>

If you want to share your projects with someone outside your OpusClip team workspace, you can change the private setting of your projects and share the project

1. Go to the project page or My projects page and find the share button as shown below:

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Change the **Privacy settings** of your project from **Default** to **Public**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. Copy the link and share it with your teammate or your customer.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Snap Editing
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/snap-editing



Snap Editing makes clips and overlays magnetic in the timeline — when you drag or trim near a key point, they lock into place automatically. No more nudging frame by frame.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## What it snaps to

When snapping is on, clips and overlays will snap to:

* Start and end of main video segments
* Start and end of layout blocks
* Current playhead position
* Start and end of other timeline layers

## How to turn it on or off

Click the **Snap Editing** icon in the timeline toolbar, or press **S** on your keyboard to toggle it on or off anytime.

## How it works

Drag any clip or overlay and it locks into alignment when it gets close enough to a snap point. The same applies when trimming — drag the left or right edge of any clip and it snaps to nearby alignment points. A vertical guideline appears across the timeline to confirm the snap.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## FAQ

### Is Snap Editing on by default?

Yes — it's on by default. You can toggle it off anytime from the toolbar or by pressing **S** on your keyboard.


# Is OpusClip SOC 2 compliant?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/soc2-compliance



OpusClip is in the process of getting certified for SOC 2 compliance by an independent third-party auditor, and we are scheduled to share our results in our [Trust Center](https://trust.opus.pro/) in November 2024.


# Something went wrong with Facebook
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/something-went-wrong-with-facebook



## "Something went wrong with Facebook. Cannot find any Facebook page related to this account. Please create a page first or use another account."

|                                                        Cause                                                        |                             Solution                            |                                                  Resources                                                  |
| :-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------: | :-------------------------------------------------------------: | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------: |
| Our platform was unable to locate a Facebook Page linked to the Facebook Account that you're currently logged into. | Create a Facebook Page while signed into your Facebook Account. | [How to create a Facebook Page](https://www.facebook.com/business/help/1199464373557428?id=418112142508425) |


# Speech Cleanup
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/speech-cleanup



## Remove Filler Words and Pauses

Speech Cleanup detects 90%+ of fillers and pauses — you see exactly what gets removed before anything is deleted. You're in control, not the AI.

Click **Speech Cleanup** in the top left of the editor.

* **Remove Fillers** — all detected fillers are highlighted in your transcript instantly. Check or uncheck which types to keep, then remove in one click. Includes "um", "uh", phrases like "you know", and stutter repeats.
* **Remove Pauses** — by default 0.5 sec, but you can set your silence threshold with the slider and cut all detected pauses in one click. No more choppy cuts from over-aggressive defaults.
* **Remove Bad Takes** — detects full sentence-level problems that fillers and pauses can't catch: retakes, restarts, self-corrections, and phrase repetitions. Click **Detect now** to scan your transcript. Every flagged segment is highlighted inline with a count, so you can review before cutting anything.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## You're in Control

Use the filler word checklist to select exactly which types to remove — or uncheck anything you want to keep. Nothing gets cut without your approval.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Set Your Own Pause Duration

Drag the slider to set how long a silence needs to be before it counts as a pause.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Remove Bad Takes

Click **Detect now** to scan your transcript — every retake, restart, and self-correction is flagged inline. From there you can go through them one by one and remove them individually, or click **Remove all**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

You can also track the detected bad takes from the transcript (highlighted in orange) and decide whether you want to keep or remove them. This ensures you are the one in control.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Clean Up Your Transcript View

After removing, use the **Filter out** menu at top of the transcript to hide deleted parts for a cleaner view. Any remaining filler words in the transcript will appear in gray so they're easy to spot.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Speech Enhancement
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/speech-enhancement



## What is the Voice Enhancement feature?

With Speech Enhancement, you can easily improve your video audio quality by reducing noise and isolating voices, resulting in clearer, more professional-sounding audio. It ensures your video content sounds polished and clear, making it perfect for professionals, creators, or anyone who values high-quality audio. By removing background noise, isolating voices, and balancing volume levels, you can enhance your content effortlessly without extra steps or tools.

## What Speech Enhancement Does

Speech Enhancement does the following at once:

1. **Noise Reduction**: Reduces background noise, helping to clarify voices.
2. **Background Noise Removal**: Filters out environmental sounds, leaving a cleaner voice track.
3. **Voice Isolation**: Separates the primary voice from other audio elements, focusing on clarity.
   * **Please keep in mind this will create a separate audio track in the editor.**

## How do I use the Speech Enhancement feature?

<div>
  <img />
</div>

* **Location**: The feature is accessible directly within the editor on the left-hand side, under the "AI Enhance" tab. You can apply it to any audio clip on the timeline.
* **Toggle Option**: You can toggle Speech Enhancement on or off at any time, allowing you to compare enhanced audio with the original.

## Compatibility and Plans

Speech Enhancement is **currently offered as a Pro plan feature**. All Pro users have access to Speech Enhancement, which is optimized for frequent use and high-quality audio results.

## If I toggle on Speech Enhancement, will any newly added sections also have their voice enhanced automatically?

Yes, this is correct. If you have toggled Speech Enhancement and added a section to an existing clip, the newly added section should automatically have the voice of the feature enhanced.


# How Can I Split My Clip into 2 Clips and Download Them?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/split-my-clip



At this time, we do not have a feature that can automatically split your clips into two separate clips for you to download them.

However, we do have a workaround found below.

1. Open up the clip in the editor.
2. Move the playhead to the point where you want to split the clip.
3. Press the **D** key or use the keyboard shortcut **CMD + B** (on Mac) to split the clip at that point.
4. Delete either half of your split clip.
5. Navigate to the top right hand corner and click **Export** and choose **Download HD**.
6. Revert the deletion you made by clicking the **Undo** arrow.
7. Repeat steps 4-5 with the other half of your split clip.

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Upgrading from Starter Plan to Pro Plan: Troubleshooting Payment Issues
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/starter-to-pro-plan



If your attempt to upgrade from the Starter plan to the Pro plan has failed, it may be due to strict Strong Customer Authentication (SCA) compliance requirements set by your card issuing bank. We are working on implementing SCA requirements to streamline this process in the future.

## What You Can Do:

In the meantime, if you're facing issues upgrading due to these requirements, please contact our support team directly for assistance at our [contact page](https://www.opus.pro/contact-support), and we will work with you to complete your upgrade.

We appreciate your patience and are here to help you every step of the way.

<Note>
  Keep an eye on future updates as we roll out SCA compliance to enhance your
  user experience.
</Note>


# Subject Tracking
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/subject-tracking



# What is Subject Tracking?

Subject Tracking intelligently follows a person or object in your video, adjusting the frame to keep it centered and in focus. This eliminates shaky, awkward cropping and delivers smooth, cinematic reframing — perfect for vertical shorts, social media clips, or polished edits.

# 1. Moving Speaker Tracking (Automatic)

**Ideal for:** Videos with **one primary speaker** who moves naturally (e.g., pacing during a presentation, gesturing in a vlog).

## How It Works:

* **Automatic Detection:** OpusClip identifies the active speaker using voice and motion cues.
* **Smooth Camera Shifting:** The frame adjusts gradually to follow the speaker’s movements, avoiding jarring jumps.
* **Hands-Free Editing:** No setup required—just upload your video, and let the AI handle the rest.

**Pro Tip:** Use this for interviews, monologues, or solo content where the speaker is the clear focal point.

# 2. Manual Subject Tracking (Customizable)

**Ideal for:** Creative control in complex scenes — track **any subject** (human or non-human) or switch focus between multiple subjects.

## How It Works:

1. Select a scene that you want to reframe from the timeline
2. Click **Tracker** to enable manual subject tracking.
3. Click to select the subject you want to track. Once selected, the AI will automatically identify and track the subject for you.
4. You can click again to expand the selection box.
5. You can also select different subjects to track in different scenes. Your selected subject is only identified and tracked in the underlined scenes. To track another subject, click on a highlighted scene to choose another subject.
6. After the subject is selected, you can start tracking it.

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>

## Works for Any Content

* Track **non-human subjects:** Products, animals, vehicles, or text (e.g., following a chef's hands in a cooking demo or a drone in action).
* Human tracking: Faces, full-body movement, or specific gestures.

# FAQ

## Q: Can I track non-human subjects automatically?

**A:** Automatic tracking prioritizes speakers. For objects/animals, use **Manual Subject Tracking**.

## Q: Can I combine automatic and manual tracking?

**A:** Absolutely! The AI will automatically apply moving speaker tracking by default. If it doesn't perfectly follow your intended subject, you can always use manual tracking to fix it.


# How to submit a video without clipping
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/submit-a-video-without-clipping



To submit a full video without our AI making automatic clips, you can use our AI Copilot "Don't Clip" option. These options will be available after you submit your link or file. Once completed, this will generate a caption-only project with all of your specified content.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

We currently have a 15-minute restriction on this setting.


# Supported Countries, Regions & Territories
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/supported-countries-regions-territories



Our mission is to democratize video content creation and make it accessible to anyone with a story to tell or a passion to share. Geographic diversity is very important to us and we are actively working on enhancing our infrastructure to expand our reach in the near future.

Although OpusClip can be accessed from anywhere in the world, here are the countries, regions and territories we officially support access from:

1. Albania
2. Andorra
3. Antigua and Barbuda
4. Argentina
5. Armenia
6. Australia
7. Austria
8. Azerbaijan
9. Bahamas
10. Bahrain
11. Barbados
12. Belarus
13. Belgium
14. Belize
15. Bolivia
16. Bosnia and Herzegovina
17. Botswana
18. Brazil
19. Bulgaria
20. Canada
21. Chile
22. Colombia
23. Costa Rica
24. Croatia
25. Cyprus
26. Czech Republic
27. Denmark
28. Dominica
29. Dominican Republic
30. Estonia
31. Fiji
32. Finland
33. France
34. Georgia
35. Germany
36. Greece
37. Grenada
38. Guyana
39. Hungary
40. Iceland
41. Ireland
42. India
43. Israel
44. Italy
45. Jamaica
46. Japan
47. Kiribati
48. Kosovo
49. Kuwait
50. Latvia
51. Liechtenstein
52. Lithuania
53. Luxembourg
54. Malaysia
55. Malta
56. Marshall Islands
57. Mexico
58. Micronesia
59. Moldova
60. Monaco
61. Montenegro
62. Netherlands
63. New Zealand
64. North Macedonia
65. Norway
66. Papua New Guinea
67. Paraguay
68. Peru
69. Philippines
70. Poland
71. Portugal
72. Puerto Rico
73. Qatar
74. Romania
75. Saint Kitts and Nevis
76. Saint Lucia
77. Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
78. Samoa
79. San Marino
80. Serbia
81. Singapore
82. Slovakia
83. Slovenia
84. Solomon Islands
85. South Africa
86. South Korea
87. Spain
88. Suriname
89. Sweden
90. Switzerland
91. Tonga
92. Trinidad and Tobago
93. Turkey
94. United Arab Emirates
95. United Kingdom
96. United States
97. Uruguay
98. Vatican City
99. Venezuela


# What are your Terms of Service?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/terms-of-service



All users who sign up for an online account with OpusClip must agree to our Terms of Service, which can be found here: [https://www.opus.pro/terms-of-service](https://www.opus.pro/terms-of-service)


# Things You Should Set Up First
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/things-you-should-set-up-first



Welcome to OpusClip! Below you will find the top things to set up to get you started with OpusClip.

## Create Your Brand Templates

**Brand template** is a place where you can set up your branding preferences and apply them to all of your clips. To set up your brand template, click the icon below the house icon or visit [here](https://clip.opus.pro/brand-templates).

On the **Brand Template** page, you can set up your preferences. Free and Starter users can set up 1 brand template, and Pro users are able to set up 2 brand templates.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

On the left hand side are the settings that will change your **Brand Template**. You can click onto the areas to expand out the settings.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

Click **Save template** at the top right hand corner or from template name dropdown as shown in the screenshot below.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Add Your Social Accounts for 1-Click Posting

You can connect your social media accounts to make it easier to post directly from OpusClip. Go to the left tool bar and click **Social Accounts**. When hovering over it, it will display Social Accounts.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

Once you've done so, a popup menu will open showing your currently connected accounts and it will also allow you to add new accounts by clicking on the **Add Account button**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

Click the **Add Account button**, select your desired social media platform, and follow the steps in the pop-up to complete the connection.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Setup Your Team Workplace

You can create a **Team Workplace** and invite your teammates to join. Here is how you can do this:

1. Click your **Profile image** on the left sidebar and go to **Create a team**

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Name your **Team Workspace**, add a logo and create the team

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. Copy the **invitation link** and send it to your teammates.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

4. Then your teammates can join the team by clicking into the **invitation link**.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

5. As the **team owner**, you can also manage the team members on the **Team settings** page

<div>
  <img />
</div>


# Understanding TikTok's Policy Changes
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/tiktok-policy-changes



## Have TikTok policies changed?

We acknowledge concerns regarding possible changes to TikTok's video censorship policies upon its recent service restoration. While these changes have not been officially confirmed by TikTok, we want to assure you that OpusClip is dedicated to staying informed and compliant.

## Our Commitment:

1. **Active Communication**: We are in ongoing discussions with our TikTok contacts to verify any policy adjustments.
2. **Timely Updates**: As soon as we receive confirmed information, we will promptly update our practices in line with the new policies.
3. **Support**: Please reach out to our customer support at our [contact page](https://www.opus.pro/contact-support) with any questions or concerns. Our team is here to assist you.

We appreciate your patience and understanding during this time. Stay tuned for the latest updates. Thank you for your continued trust in OpusClip.


# Trim and Extend the Video
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/trim-extend-the-video



## Add a new section to your clip

If you want to find a better hook, extend your clip, or add a new section from other parts of your video to the clip, you can simply click the **Add a section** button located at the beginning or at the end of the caption area, and choose which section you'd like to add from the whole transcript.

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>

## Trim unwanted footage

To make your clip concise and engaging, you can trim unwanted sentences using two methods:

Method 1: Select the section you want to remove from the text and click **Delete**.

Method 2: Drag the beginning and end of selected segment in the timeline editor to trim it.

<div>
  <video type="video/mp4" />
</div>


# Troubleshooting Account Connection Errors
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/troubleshooting-account-errors



We've recently updated how connection errors are displayed in OpusClip to make them more consistent. While all error toasts now share the same title —"Looks like we failed to connect to your account" — the message beneath it helps indicate the type of issue.

## Here's what each message means and how to troubleshoot it:

| Message                                                                        | Meaning                                                                                                                                                                                                             | How to fix it                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| "Required permissions may not have been granted when connecting your account." | This usually means: <br /><br />  ● You may have deselect some necessary permissions during the connection process. <br /> ● OpusClip doesn't have access to post on your behalf or read basic profile information. | Reconnect and ensure all permissions are granted during the authorization flow.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
| "Your social media account might not be set up correctly."                     | This typically applies to:<br /><br /> ● Instagram Personal accounts (we only support Business or Creator accounts).<br /> ● Incomplete or restricted social profiles.                                              | ● For Youtube: Make sure you must log in with the Google Account that owns the YouTube channel to connect it to OpusClip. Unfortunately, we are NOT able to connect to a YouTube channel if you are set as a manager of the brand account.<br /> ● For Instagram: Make sure it's a Business or Creator account  Learn how to switch your Instagram account type → |
| "We're having trouble connecting to the social platform right now."            | This could be due to:<br /><br /> ● Temporary issues with the social platform.<br /> ● Network disruptions or expired sessions.                                                                                     | ● Wait a few minutes and try again.<br /> ● If the issue persists, try reconnecting your account or reach out to our support team.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
| "Your account has been suspended by platform. Please check it first."          | This typically applies to the following scenarios:<br /><br /> ● Your account has been suspended, banned, or frozen by platform in accordance with their risk control measures.                                     | Log in to your platform account to check if it’s working.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |

## Facebook specific messages:

| Message                                                                                                                                                                 | Meaning                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                | How to fix it                                                                                                                  |
| ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| "The connection has been invalidated because the user changed their password or Facebook has changed the session for security reasons. Please reconnect and try again." | This typically applies to the following scenarios:<br /><br /> ● Your password has been changed, which invalidates the previous connection due to Facebook’s security policies.<br /> ● Your account has been suspended, banned, or frozen by Facebook in accordance with their risk control measures. | Log in to your Facebook account to check if it’s working. If everything looks fine, go to OpusClip and reconnect your account. |
| "Cannot find any Facebook page related to this account. Please create a page first or use another account."                                                             | This error can come up for one of two reasons:<br /><br /> ● The Facebook account you're trying to connect to is set as a profile and not a page.<br /><br /> OR<br /><br /> ● If the Facebook account is a page, you may have insufficient permissions to connect the page.                           | Create a Facebook Page and retry.                                                                                              |

We're working on making these messages clearer. In the meantime, if you're unsure which issue you're experiencing, feel free to contact our support team.


# Upload Custom Media Assets
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/upload-media



# Media Upload and Management in OpusClip

The Custom Media feature in OpusClip allows users to upload, manage, and customize both personal and AI-generated assets directly within the editor. This functionality provides comprehensive control, enabling users to enrich their videos with relevant imagery and clips, all while maintaining a seamless and intuitive experience.

## Key Features of Media Uploads and Management

1. **Uploading Custom Media Assets**
   * **Direct Uploads**: Users can add personal images and videos to the media timeline by uploading files from their computer. Supported formats include:
   * **Videos**: .mp4, .mov, .mkv
   * **Images**: .png, .jpg
   * **Drag-and-Drop Functionality**: Click the "Drag and drop files" button or drag images/videos from your device directly to the upload button or timeline, making it simple to add custom assets.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. **Media Placement and Editing**
   * **Automatic Placement**: Uploaded media assets are added to the timeline exactly where the playhead is located, ensuring precise placement.
   * **Adjustable Duration for Images**: Uploaded images default to 2 seconds on the timeline but can be resized for custom duration.
   * **Trimming and Extending Video Clips**: Uploaded videos can be trimmed or extended up to their full length. Images can be extended extended past the maximum duration of the clip.
   * **Editing Media Assets**: Uploaded assets can be resize and  repositioned for greater visual flexibility.

3. **Organizing and Reusing Media in the Library**
   * **Media Library**: Uploaded assets appear in the library, marked with icons to differentiate between images and videos.
   * To better understand cloud storage and how it works in OpusClip, please refer to the cloud storage article [here](/docs/article/cloud-storage).
   * **Loading Indicators**: Uploading files shows a loading animation with a progress percentage, keeping users informed of processing time.
   * **(Coming Soon) Asset Management**: A search bar enables users to quickly find and reuse media assets, searchable by original filenames. Users can also rename assets for easier organization.

## Error Handling and Limitations

* **File Size Limits**: Files over 200MB prompt an error message, “Maximum file size exceeded, please try uploading a smaller file.”
* **Video Duration Limits**: Videos longer than 15 minutes cannot be uploaded and prompt an error message, “Maximum length exceeded, please try uploading a shorter file.”

## Export and Compatibility

* **XML Export**: Media clips, including uploaded assets, can be exported to XML, allowing further edits in external editors. Uploaded assets appear will appear as separate layers within the media track of the respective external editors (e.g. Adobe Premiere Pro).

## Media Library Navigation

* **(Coming soon) Scrolling and Searching**: Users can scroll through all stored assets within the media library and search for specific assets by name, with plans for advanced, image-based search capabilities in future updates.
* **(Coming soon) Re-labeling and Custom Names**: Users can rename assets by double-clicking or right-clicking on the asset's label, making it easier to organize and identify assets for future projects.


# Upload Your Own SRT Along With The Video
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/upload-own-srt



If you want more control on captions, you can upload your own SRT subtitle files during the submission process.
This gives you more control over transcript accuracy—especially if you already have working files related to it.

## How to Upload Your Own SRT

1. After dropping your video link or uploading your video, click Upload.SRT to add an SRT file in the clip settings section.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Wait for the upload to complete, it should only take a few seconds.
3. Click "Get clips in 1 click"!
4. Once uploaded, your SRT file will be used for us to generate captions instead of the transcript we normally create.

## Supported SRT Format

Your SRT file must follow the standard SRT format:

```
1
00:00:01,000 --> 00:00:04,000
Welcome to my channel!

2
00:00:04,500 --> 00:00:07,000
Today we're diving into...
```

## Why was my SRT not accepted?

If your SRT was rejected by OpusClip, below are some tips on what to watch out for in your file and your clip settings:

* Incomplete subtitle blocks
  * Each block needs:
    * A number
    * A timestamp line
    * At least one line of subtitle text
* Invalid time format
  * Make sure your timestamps follow the format: HH:MM:SS,MS
  * Example: 00:00:01,000
* Missing start or end time
  * Every block must have a start and end timestamp.
  * Example: ✅ 00:00:04,500 --> 00:00:07,000
* Start time is after end time
  * The subtitles should start before it ends.
  * Example:
    * ❌ 00:00:07,000 --> 00:00:04,500
    * ✅ 00:00:04,500 --> 00:00:07,000
* Out-of-order numbering between subtitles
  * Subtitle blocks must be numbered in sequence:
    * ❌ Example: 1, 2, 4, 3...
    * ✅ Example: 1, 2, 3...
* Number mismatch
  * The system expected a specific block number, but got something else. This can break parsing—check your numbering.


# Uploading Live Streams
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/uploading-live-streams



When uploading a previously live stream, there may be a delay when uploading to our platform to process a project.

1. Short streams (under 1 hour, 720p or 1080p): YouTube can take 10-30 minutes to process the live and make it available on their download servers for trusted third-party platforms such as OpusClip to access.
2. Long streams (several hours, high resolution): YouTube can take 2-12 hours to process the live and make it available on their download servers for trusted third-party platforms such as OpusClip to access.

<Info>Currently, uploading live videos while they are still streaming is not supported on our platform.</Info>


# Upscale a Video
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/upscale-a-video



If your footage is blurry or low-resolution, Upscale uses AI to make it sharper, clearer, and more high-definition — no editing experience required.

## How to upscale a video

1. From the Quick Start menu, click **Upscale** (the 💎 diamond icon marked **New**).

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Add your video: paste a YouTube link, click **Upload** to select a file from your device, or click **Google Drive** to import. Videos up to 5 minutes long are supported.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. Once your video is loaded, review the preview and click **Upscale** to begin processing. The button shows the base upscale cost (e.g. **23 credits**). Your total charge may be higher if 4K upscaling applies — see [Credit cost](#credit-cost) below.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

4. When upscaling is complete, open the **History** tab and click **Download** to save your enhanced video. Upscaled videos are available for 7 days.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Credit cost

<Info>
  The credit amount shown on the **Upscale** button (e.g. 23 credits) is the **base upscale charge**. For **4K upscaling** on **Pro, Max, and Business**, an **additional incremental charge** is calculated from your video length and added on top of the base cost.
</Info>

For 4K upscaling on Pro, Max, and Business:

* **11 additional credits** per 10-second block
* Duration is **rounded up** to the next 10-second block
* The 4K charge is **added to** the base video generation / upscale cost — it is not a flat per-minute or per-clip fee

### Example calculations

| Video length | Blocks (rounded up) | Additional 4K credits |
| ------------ | ------------------- | --------------------- |
| 30 seconds   | 3                   | 33 (3 × 11)           |
| 45 seconds   | 5                   | 55 (5 × 11)           |

## Plan availability

| Plan     | Upscale |
| -------- | ------- |
| Free     | —       |
| Starter  | —       |
| Pro      | ✅       |
| Max      | ✅       |
| Business | ✅       |

## FAQ

**How long does upscaling take?**

Processing time varies by video length. You can monitor progress in the History tab — it shows a live percentage as your video upscales.

**How long are my upscaled videos saved?**

Upscaled videos are available to download from the History tab for 7 days.

**What is the maximum video length?**

Videos up to 5 minutes long are supported.

**What counts as blurry or low-res footage?**

Upscale is designed to improve footage that lacks sharpness or clarity — for example, old recordings, compressed video, or anything that looks grainy or pixelated.

**How is 4K upscaling charged?**

On Pro, Max, and Business, 4K upscaling adds 11 credits per 10-second block (rounded up), on top of the base upscale cost shown on the button.


# Video Clone & Dubbing
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/video-dubbing



Video Dubbing lets you translate and dub your videos into 25 languages using a clone of your own voice — no re-recording or external dubbing studio required. The dubbed output sounds like you, not a generic AI voice.

## How to dub a video

1. Click **Video dubbing** in the Quick Start menu on the OpusClip dashboard.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. Paste a YouTube link, upload a file, or connect Google Drive. Select your target language and click **Dub Video**. OpusClip clones your voice from the source video and generates the dubbed audio automatically.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. When processing is complete, the dubbed video appears as a new asset in your project, ready to preview and export.

## Other ways to access Video Dubbing

1. **From the editor** — Open a clip in the editor and click **AI enhance** in the right sidebar. Click **Video dubbing**, then use the **Select dubbing language** dropdown to choose your target language and confirm.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

2. **From the results page** — Click **AI tools**, then select **Video dubbing** from the dropdown.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

3. **From the Grid View** — Hover over any clip in your library and click the **Edit** (scissors icon) menu. Select **Video dubbing** from the dropdown.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

4. **Bulk dubbing** — Select multiple clips using the checkboxes, then click **Bulk dub** in the action bar at the top right. Choose a language, confirm, and each clip is processed individually. When the full batch is complete, you'll receive a notification.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

## Editing the dubbed transcript

After dubbing is complete, open the dubbed clip in the editor. The translated transcript appears in the left panel — click **Edit clip** from your library to open it. Click any word or segment in the transcript to edit it inline. A text field appears with **Apply**, **Apply to all**, and **Cancel** options. Changes reflect immediately in both the transcript and the subtitles on the video preview.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<Note>Editing the transcript updates the text only. The dubbed audio is not regenerated — your edits are saved automatically and reflected in the exported video.</Note>

## Plan availability

| Plan     | Video Dubbing      |
| -------- | ------------------ |
| Free     | —                  |
| Starter  | —                  |
| Pro      | ✅ (10 credits/min) |
| Business | ✅ (10 credits/min) |

## FAQ

**Does voice cloning happen automatically?**

Yes, OpusClip clones the voice from your source video automatically during dubbing. No separate setup or voice training is required.

**What happens if my video has multiple speakers?**

Multi-speaker detection is supported on all plans. All speakers are dubbed using the cloned voice of the primary speaker.

**Can I edit the translation after dubbing?**

Yes, the translated transcript in the left panel is editable inline. Text changes are reflected in subtitles immediately, but the dubbed audio track is not regenerated.

**How many languages are supported?**

Video Dubbing currently supports 25 languages, including English, German, Spanish, French, Portuguese, Italian, Dutch, Russian, Polish, Indonesian, Ukrainian, Swedish, Turkish, Norwegian, Croatian, Romanian, Slovak, Greek, Danish, Finnish, Hungarian, Czech, Japanese, Korean, and Vietnamese.


# Video Languages Supported
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/video-languages-supported



We support over 25 languages, including:

| Language     | ISO 639 Code |
| ------------ | ------------ |
| English      | en           |
| German       | de           |
| Spanish      | es           |
| French       | fr           |
| Portuguese   | pt           |
| Italian\*    | it           |
| Dutch\*      | nl           |
| Russian\*    | ru           |
| Polish\*     | pl           |
| Indonesian\* | id           |
| Ukrainian\*  | uk           |
| Swedish\*    | sv           |
| Turkish\*    | tr           |
| Norwegian\*  | no           |
| Croatian\*   | hr           |
| Romanian\*   | ro           |
| Slovak\*     | sk           |
| Greek\*      | el           |
| Danish\*     | da           |
| Finnish\*    | fi           |
| Hungarian\*  | hu           |
| Czech\*      | cs           |
| Japanese\*   | ja           |
| Korean\*     | kr           |
| Vietnamese\* | vi           |

+More to come

We are committed to enhancing our service and appreciate your feedback on additional language support you might need.

<Info>P.S. \* means the language is still in BETA version. You may encounter some inaccurate emojis or highlighted keywords. Don't worry! We're fine-tuning these features and aim to complete improvements very soon!</Info>


# Video Length Supported
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/video-length



## What maximum length of video do we support?

Our system supports videos up to **10 hours** long. Videos exceeding this may encounter processing issues. For longer content, use Copilot settings to select a specific portion for processing.


# Video Sources Supported
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/video-sources-supported



<div>
  <img />
</div>

Uploading your videos to be clipped by OpusClip is as easy as ever! We currently support links from:

* **Apple Podcast**
* **YouTube**
* **Google Drive**
* **Vimeo**
* **Zoom**
* **Zoom Clips**
* **Rumble**
* **Twitch**
* **Facebook**
* **LinkedIn**
* **X**
* **Dropbox**
* **Riverside**
* **Loom**
* **Frame.io**
* **StreamYard**
* **Kick**
* **[Medal.tv](https://medal.tv/)**
* **Public .mp4 urls**
* **Local video uploads(max size: 30GB for Pro Users)**

<Tip>
  Please make sure the links you submit are public or unlisted. Private videos can not be accessed.
</Tip>


# What is the Virality Score on OpusClip?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/virality-score



## What is the Virality Score on OpusClip?

For users on **Pro** and **Starter** plans, our advanced AI analyzes your clips and assigns Virality Scores based on how likely each clip is to go viral. You can find the Virality Score next to your clips, depending on the layout you use to view your clips.

<div>
  <img />
</div>

<div>
  <img />
</div>

You can easily switch between **Grid View** and **List View** by clicking the top left corner

<div>
  <img />
</div>

The Virality score ranges from **0** to **99**, with higher scores suggesting a greater chance of engagement and shares on social media. Each clip will have its own Virality Score, allowing you to compare its performance relative to others. By default, your clips will be sorted by Virality Score, from highest to lowest on the results page.

## How the Virality Score is Calculated

OpusClip’s AI evaluates **multiple aspects** of your video to determine its Virality Score:

* **Hook**: Does the introduction grab attention and directly relate to the main topic of the video?
* **Flow**: Does the video flow logically from one part to the next, with a satisfying conclusion?
* **Value**: Does the video offer value, resonate emotionally, and create a personal connection with the audience?
* **Trend**: Is the video aligned with current trends and audience interests?
  In addition to these factors, our AI performs extra checks to ensure it finds the best clips for your **specific needs**. For example, it will also evaluate whether the clip is relevant to your prompt, when you are using the [ClipAnything](https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/9947095-clip-anything) model.

## Why the Virality Score Matters

The Virality Score provides insight into your clips' potential to go viral. **Higher scores** indicate a greater likelihood of attracting attention, engagement, and shares. It will guide you in understanding your clips and optimizing your content strategy for better results.

## Who Can Access the Virality Score?

The Virality Score feature is available exclusively to **Pro** and **Starter** plan users. Free plan users will not be able to see the Virality Score for their clips.


# How can I remove the OpusClip watermark?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/watermark



If you are on the Free Trial or Free Plan, you will see an OpusClip brand logo watermark on your clips.

If you upgrade to a paid plan, the watermarks will be automatically removed from your Free Plan/Free Trial projects.


# What import sources does OpusClip support?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/what-import-sources-does-opusclip-support



We currently support links from **Apple Podcast, YouTube, Google Drive, Vimeo, Zoom, Zoom Clips, Rumble, Twitch, Facebook, LinkedIn, X, Dropbox, Riverside, Loom, Frame.io, StreamYard, Kick, [Medal.tv](https://medal.tv/)**, public mp4 url and local video uploads (up to 10GB per video).

<Info>Please ensure the links you submit are public or unlisted. Private videos cannot be accessed.</Info>


# Where did my minutes go?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/where-did-my-minutes-go

Wondering why you saw more minutes in your account yesterday and you didn't process any projects? This might be why.

If you are on a **monthly** plan, your paid credits will last for 60 days, which means that you get one month of rollover credits. After these 60 days the credits will expire from your account.

If you are on a **yearly** plan, all your credits will be valid for 12 months.

Furthermore, if you cancel your subscription, the remaining credits will expire at the end of your current billing cycle.


# Why Can't I Connect My Facebook Account?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/why-cant-i-connect-facebook-account



If you're having trouble connecting to your Facebook account, or your Facebook Pages are not appearing in OpusClip, this is almost always caused by **permission settings** on the Facebook side. Follow the steps below to diagnose and fix the issue.

## 1. Reconnect Facebook and grant full Page access

The most common cause is that **Page Access** was not fully granted during the original authorization.

1. Go to **Facebook → Settings → Business Integrations**.
2. Find **OpusClip** and click **Remove**.
3. Return to OpusClip and reconnect your Facebook account.

During the authorization flow:

* Select **all Pages** you want to use.
* Enable all requested permissions (do not use default or limited selection).

## 2. Check your Page role permissions

You must have sufficient permission on the Facebook Page for it to appear in OpusClip.

**Roles that are required:**

* **Admin** (classic Pages)
* **Full control** (new Pages experience)

**Roles that may cause Pages not to appear:**

Editor, Moderator, Advertiser, Analyst

**To check your role:** Go to **Facebook Page → Settings → Page Access**.

## 3. Check Business Manager access (if applicable)

If your Page is managed through a Business Manager, or if the Page is owned by a different Business Manager (for example, a partner organization), Meta's API may not return it even if you have Full Control in your own Business Manager. This applies to Pages that are:

* Owned by a different Business Manager
* Shared as partner assets
* Restricted for third-party integrations

**To check your Business Manager access:**

1. Go to [business.facebook.com/settings](https://business.facebook.com/settings).
2. Navigate to **Accounts → Pages**.
3. Confirm that:
   * The Page is listed.
   * Your account has access to it.

**If the Page is owned by a different Business Manager:**

1. Ask the owning Business Manager to assign you directly at the Page level with Full Control.
2. Remove OpusClip from Facebook Business Integrations.
3. Reconnect and ensure **All Pages** is selected during the permission approval step.

<Note>If the owning Business Manager restricts third-party apps, they may also need to approve the OpusClip integration.</Note>

## 4. Make sure you're on the right Facebook account

Ensure the Facebook account you are connecting is the same account that has Admin or Full Control access to the Page you want to use. If you are logged into a personal account but the Page is managed by a business account, the Page will not appear.

**Still not working?** Please [contact our support team](https://www.opus.pro/contact-support) and share a screenshot of your Page Access settings, the name of the Page you're trying to connect to, and a description of what you see when the connection fails.


# Why Did My Clip Post to YouTube as a Normal Video and Not a Short?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/why-did-my-clip-post-youtube



In order for your clip to be posted as a YouTube Short, it must meet the following requirements:

**- Must be in Vertical Layout (9:16)**

**- The video length must be under 180 Seconds**

If your clip meets these requirements and still isn't being posted as a short, please reach out to our support team!


# Why Did my Project Fail or Take a Long Time?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/why-did-my-project-fail

For projects failing projects processing for longer than expected.

## What are some common reasons why projects may fail?

* A heavy workload on OpusClip servers.
* Uploading content that is not supported, such as language or subject matter.
* Not able to render enough clips.
* Not able to render any clips.
* Not enough words detected.

## What are some common reasons why projects may process longer than expected?

OpusClip may be experiencing high loads or there may be lots of projects processing, please bear with us until our servers catch up - thanks!

## What are some common errors when projects fail?

* “Language not supported. Please check our list of over 20 supported languages.”
* “Unfortunately, we were unable to generate enough clips from your submitted video. Your credits have been promptly refunded to your account. Please try again with the same or different video.”
* “We cannot deliver the result because our servers hit an uncommon issue. Credits have been returned to your account. Please wait for our servers to recover in an hour or so to try again. If you contact support, please send them a screenshot of this error: \[specific error message here]
* “Project not found”
* “Videos need at least 30 spoken words to be processed. Bring on the words!
* “We were not able to render any clips so all credits have been returned to your account. You can try again or use a different video.”

## What sort of messages will I see if my project is taking a long time to process?

* "Your video is processing"
* "You will receive a notification once your video is done processing, check back soon!"

## What happens if my projects take more than 90 minutes to complete processing, or fails?

Credits will be automatically reimbursed to your account.

## How do I know if my credits have been reimbursed?

Check your credit usage history by clicking your profile dropdown in the top left sidebar, and then selecting "Credit usage history". If you've had credits reimbursed, the numbers will be green, or just show a (-) instead of a number.

## How can I get more help?

Users can click the "Get Support" widget at the bottom right of My projects or the project page to get more help or open up a ticket.


# Why did my task fail or processing for a long time?
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/why-did-my-task-fail-or-processing



## Why Did My Project Submission Fail?

Occasionally, your project submission may fail due to technical issues or specific conditions. When this happens, **we will automatically return your credits for the failed project**. Below are the common reasons for project failures:

* **Insufficient Clips Rendered**: We were unable to produce enough clips for your project.
* **No Clips Rendered**: We could not generate any clips from your submission.
* **Not Enough Words Detected**: This occurs if you're using the ClipBasic model and the input video contains fewer than 30 words. **Switching to the ClipAnything model will resolve this issue.**
* **System Error**: This includes service outages on our end.

When a project fails, please try re-submitting a new project or reach out to our **Support Team** for further assistance if the problem persists.

## What Happens if Processing Takes Too Long?

In rare instances, your project may take longer than 90 minutes to process. To make it right, we will **automatically refund the credits used for the project**. You will still be able to access the project and its corresponding clips once it completes.

## Checking Your Credit Refund

You can check your [Credit History](https://clip.opus.pro/activity) to confirm that the credits have been refunded for failed or delayed projects.


# Your YouTube account has no channels
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/your-youtube-has-no-channels



## "Your YouTube account has no channels. Please create a channel first or use another account."

|                                                         Cause                                                        |         Solution         |                                      Resources                                      |
| :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------: | :----------------------: | :---------------------------------------------------------------------------------: |
| Our platform was unable to locate a YouTube channel linked to the YouTube account that you're currently logged into. | Create a YouTube channel | [Create a YouTube channel](https://support.google.com/youtube/answer/1646861?hl=en) |


# How to Verify YouTube Video Ownership on OpusClip
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/youtube-ownership-verification



## Overview

To ensure compliance with YouTube's community guidelines and protect the original creators' rights, OpusClip requires users to verify their YouTube video ownership before submission.

## Verification Process

When uploading a video via a YouTube link, you will be asked to confirm your ownership of the channel. Please follow the prompts to complete this process.

## Unable to Verify?

If you're unable to verify ownership, such as when working on a client's channel, there are two alternatives:

1. **Alternative Submission Methods**: You can opt for different submission methods. Learn more about alternative submission methods [here](https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/video-sources-supported).
2. **Invite the Channel Owner**: Add the channel owner to your team workspace in OpusClip. Once added, they can verify the account directly. You can find out how to add them to your team workspace [here](https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/6219255-team-management).

Thank you for respecting creator rights and contributing positively to the community.


# Zapier Integration
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/zapier-integration



You can now create automated workflows (Zaps) that include **OpusClip** directly in Zapier, to make your video workflow faster and more efficient.

# Get Started

## 1. Find OpusClip on Zapier

* Go to [Zapier](https://zapier.com/)
* Click **Explore apps**, search for **OpusClip**, and start building right away, or
* Begin creating Zaps, and when adding an **Action** or **Trigger**, simply search for **OpusClip** in the app directory.

## 2. Connect Your OpusClip Account

Sign in with your OpusClip account to authorize Zapier access.

## 3. Configure Your Zap

You can set up OpusClip as either an **Action** or a **Trigger**:

* **Create projects from a video URL to**:
  * Add captions to your video
  * Clip your video into highlights
  * Transcribe your video
* **Get results immediately after completion**:
  * Get video clips
  * Get video or clip transcripts
  * Get your video with captions
* **Start a Zap automatically when an OpusClip project is completed**

This flexibility allows you to design workflows that perfectly match your needs, helping you save time and work smarter.

# FAQ

## Which OpusClip plans can use Zapier?

Zapier integrations are available on **Pro** and **Enterprise** plans.

## Do Zaps consume credits the same way as in OpusClip?

Yes. Creating projects through Zapier uses credits the same as if you created them directly in OpusClip.

## How many projects can I create through Zapier?

It depends on your remaining credits, with a cap for Pro plans:

* **Pro plan**: You can use up to 300 credits (5 hours of video) per month, refreshed monthly. [Contact Sales](https://www.opus.pro/contact?utm_campaign=Zapier\&utm_medium=website\&utm_source=helpcenter) to upgrade if you’d like unlimited scalability.
* **Enterprise plan**: No monthly cap.

## What happens if my Pro plan expires?

If your plan expires, your Zaps will stop working until your subscription is renewed. Manage your subscription [here](https://clip.opus.pro/subscription).

## Is there an API option for more flexibility?

Yes. For a fully customizable integration, please refer to our [API documentation](https://help.opus.pro/docs/article/api-requests).


# Introduction to OpusClip
Source: https://help.opus.pro/docs/introduction

OpusClip helps you turn long videos into shorts, and publishes them to all social platforms in one click.

<iframe title="YouTube video player" />

## Get Started

Welcome to the OpusClip Help Center! Our **AI-powered search assistant** is here to help. Simply **type your question into the search bar** to get started!

Looking for a more comprehensive introduction? Check out the detailed walkthrough below:

## Submit your first project

<div>
  <img />
</div>

You can submit your first project by uploading a long video through **YouTube links, Google Drive, Vimeo, Rumble links, Zoom, StreamYard, Facebook, Twitter or even local files**.

For more information on the types of videos you can upload, please refer to [this article](/docs/article/video-sources-supported).

## Generate clips

<div>
  <img />
</div>

After submitting your video, you can use the **AI Co-pilot** to provide specific instructions for our AI to follow during the creation process. Our AI models will then generate short videos based on your guidelines.

If you would like to learn more about how to finetune your clips upon submission, please refer to [this article](/docs/article/how-to-use-clipanything).

## Edit your clips

<div>
  <img />
</div>

If you like the clips which are generated but wish to make minor adjustments to the final result, we've got you covered with our native in-browser video editor.

You can **trim or extend sections of the clip, remove filler words, add B-rolls**, and much more! For a deeper dive into the editor's capabilities, check out [these articles](/docs/article/introduction-to-opusclip#edit-your-clips).

## Export or Post to Social media

<div>
  <img />
</div>

You can download the HD copies of the result clips, as well as **download them in XML format** for further editing in Adobe Premiere or DaVinci Resolve. Alternatively, you can **schedule them directly to your social media platforms** from the [project page](/docs/article/schedule-clips#schedule-your-post-from-the-project-page) or by using our [Scheduler](/docs/article/schedule-clips#schedule-your-posts-using-the-social-media-calendar)!